Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Old Second Bancorp, Inc. / FY2015 Annual Report

Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
Annual Report 2015

OSBC · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker OSBC
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 877
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 
2015

I  

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 
Form 10-K 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 
OR 

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from                    to                    
Commission file number    0-10537 

Delaware 

(State of Incorporation) 

36-3143493 
(IRS Employer Identification Number) 

37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(630) 892-0202 
(Registrant's telephone number, including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Class 
Common Stock, $1.00 par value 
Preferred Securities of Old Second Capital Trust I 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market 
The Nasdaq Stock Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes               No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 

Yes               No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section 13  or  15(d) of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes               No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive 
Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule 405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 

Yes               No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by Reference in Part III of 
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer  or  a  smaller 
reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer    
Non-accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company  

(Do not check if smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). 

Yes  

No  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, on June 30, 2015, the 
last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $187.2 million.  The number of 
shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, par value $1.00 per share, was 29,483,429 at March 8, 2016. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OLD SECOND BANCORP, INC. 
Form 10-K 
INDEX 

PART I            

Item 1 

  Business  

Item 1A    Risk Factors  

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments  

Item 2 

  Properties 

Item 3 

  Legal Proceedings  

Item 4 

  Mine Safety Disclosures  

PART II   

Item 5 

  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Item 6 

  Selected Financial Data  

Item 7 

  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Income  

Item 7A    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

Item 8 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Item 9 

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

Item 9A    Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B    Other Information  

PART III  

Item 10 

  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance  

Item 11 

  Executive Compensation  

Item 12 

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

Item 13 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Item 14 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

PART IV  

Item 15 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

  Signatures  

3 

19 

26 

26 

26 

26 

27 

29 

29 

43 

45 

86 

86 

89 

89 

89 

89 

90 

90 

90 

91 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business 

General 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company" or the "Registrant") was organized under the laws of Delaware on September 8, 1981.  It is a 
registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the "BHCA").  The Company's office is located at 37 
South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507. 

The Company conducts a full service community banking and trust business through the following wholly owned subsidiaries,  which 
together with the Registrant are referred to as the “Company”: 

  Old Second National Bank (the “Bank”). 
  Old Second Capital Trust I, which was formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities in an offering that 

was completed in July 2003. 

  Old Second Capital Trust II, which was formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities in an offering 

that was completed in April 2007. 

  Old Second Affordable Housing Fund, L.L.C., which was formed for the purpose of providing down payment assistance for 

home ownership to qualified individuals. 

  A  series  of  limited  liability  companies  wholly  owned  by  the  Bank  and  formed  between  2008  and  2012  to  hold  property 
acquired by the Bank through foreclosure or in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted with borrowers. 
  River Street Advisors, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which was formed in May 2010 to provide investment 

advisory/management services. 

Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. 

The  Company  provides  financial  services  through  its  24  banking  locations  that  are  located  primarily  in  Aurora, Illinois,  and  its 
surrounding  communities  and  throughout  the  Chicago  metropolitan  area.    These  locations  included  retail  offices  located  in  Kane, 
Kendall, DeKalb, DuPage, LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois as of December 31, 2015. 

Business of the Company and its Subsidiaries 

The  Bank’s  full  service  banking  businesses  include  the  customary  consumer  and  commercial  products  and  services  that  banking 
institutions provide including demand, NOW, money market, savings, time deposit, individual retirement and Keogh deposit accounts; 
commercial, industrial, consumer and real estate lending, including installment loans, student loans, agricultural loans, lines of credit 
and  overdraft  checking;  safe  deposit  operations;  trust  services;  wealth  management  services;  and  an  extensive  variety  of  additional 
services tailored to the needs of individual customers, such as the acquisition of U.S. Treasury notes and bonds, the sale of traveler's 
checks,  money  orders,  cashiers’  checks  and  foreign  currency,  direct  deposit,  discount  brokerage,  debit  cards,  credit  cards,  and  other 
special  services.  The  Bank  also  offers  a  full  complement  of  electronic  banking  services  such  as  online  and  mobile  banking  and 
corporate  cash  management  products  including  remote  deposit  capture,  mobile  deposit  capture,  investment  sweep  accounts,  zero 
balance accounts, automated tax payments, ATM access, telephone banking, lockbox accounts, automated clearing house transactions, 
account reconciliation, controlled disbursement, detail and general information reporting, wire transfers, vault services for currency and 
coin, and checking accounts.  Commercial and consumer loans are made to corporations, partnerships and individuals, primarily on a 
secured basis.  Commercial lending focuses on business, capital, construction, inventory and real estate lending.  Installment lending 
includes direct and indirect loans to  consumers and commercial customers.  Additionally, the Bank provides a  wide range  of  wealth 
management, investment, agency, and custodial services for individual, corporate, and not-for-profit clients.  These services include the 
administration of estates and personal trusts, as well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans, 
and  charitable  foundations.    The  Bank  also  originates  residential  mortgages,  offering  a  wide  range  of  mortgage  products  including 
conventional, government, and jumbo loans.  Secondary marketing of those mortgages is also handled at the Bank. 

Operating  segments  are  components  of  a  business  about  which  separate  financial  information  is  available  and  that  are  evaluated 
regularly by the Company’s management in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.  Public companies are required 
to  report  certain  financial  information  about  operating  segments.    The  Company’s  management  evaluates  the  operations  of  the 
Company as one operating segment, i.e. community banking. 

Market Area 

The Company’s primary market area is Aurora, Illinois and its surrounding communities. The city of Aurora is located in northeastern 
Illinois, approximately 40 miles west of Chicago. The Bank operates primarily in Kane, Kendall, DeKalb, DuPage, LaSalle, Will and 
Cook counties in Illinois, and it has developed a strong presence in these counties. The Bank offers its services to retail,  commercial, 
industrial,  and  public  entity  customers  in  the  Aurora,  North  Aurora,  Batavia,  St. Charles,  Burlington,  Elburn,  Elgin,  Maple  Park, 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kaneville,  Sugar  Grove,  Naperville,  Lisle,  Joliet,  Yorkville,  Plano,  Wasco,  Ottawa,  Oswego,  Sycamore,  Frankfort,  and  Chicago 
Heights communities and surrounding areas.  During 2015 the Company closed one of two branches in Batavia. 

Lending Activities 

The Bank provides a broad range of commercial and retail lending services to corporations, partnerships, individuals and government 
agencies.    The  Bank  actively  markets  its  services  to  qualified  borrowers.    Lending  officers  actively  solicit  the  business  of  new 
borrowers  entering  our  market  areas  as  well  as  long-standing  members  of  the  local  business  community.    The  Bank  has  established 
lending policies that include a number of underwriting factors to be considered in making a loan, including location, amortization, loan 
to value ratio, cash flow, pricing, documentation and the credit history of the borrower.  In  2015, the Bank originated approximately 
$430.8 million in loans.  Also in 2015, residential mortgage loans of approximately $190.6 million (some of which were originated in 
2014) were sold to third parties.  The Bank’s loan portfolios are comprised primarily of loans in the areas of commercial real estate, 
residential real estate, construction, general commercial and consumer lending.  As of December 31, 2015, residential mortgages made 
up  approximately  31%  (32%  at  year-end  2014)  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio,  commercial  real  estate  loans  comprised  approximately 
53% (52% at year-end 2014), construction lending comprised approximately 2%, general commercial loans comprised approximately 
12% (10% at year-end 2014), and consumer and other lending comprised less than 2%.  It is the Bank’s policy to comply at all times 
with  the  various  consumer  protection  laws  and  regulations  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  Fair 
Housing Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Truth in Lending Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. 

Commercial Loans.  The Bank continues to focus on growing commercial and industrial prospects in its new business pipeline with 
positive results in 2015.  As noted above, the Bank is an active commercial lender, primarily located west and south of the Chicago 
metropolitan area and active in other parts of the Chicago and Aurora metropolitan areas.  Commercial lending reflects revolving lines 
of  credit  for  working  capital,  lending  for  capital  expenditures  on  manufacturing  equipment  and  lending  to  small  business 
manufacturers,  service  companies,  medical  and  dental  entities  as  well  as  specialty  contractors.    The  Bank  also  has  commercial  and 
industrial  loans  to  customers  in  food  product  manufacturing,  food  process  and  packing,  machinery  tooling  manufacturing  as  well  as 
service  and  technology  companies.    Collateral  for  these  loans  generally  includes  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  equipment  and  real 
estate.  In addition, the Bank may take personal guarantees to help assure repayment.  Loans may be made on an unsecured basis if 
warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower.  Commercial term loans range principally from one to eight years with the 
majority falling in the one to five year range.  Interest rates are primarily fixed although some have interest rates tied to the prime rate 
or LIBOR.  In 2015, the Bank closed a meaningful amount of fixed rate loans with terms longer than four years.  While management 
would  like  to  continue  to  diversify  the  loan  portfolio,  overall  demand  for  working  capital  and  equipment  financing  continued  to  be 
muted in the Bank’s primary market area in 2015. 

Repayment of commercial loans is largely dependent upon the cash  flows  generated by  the operations of the commercial  enterprise.  
The Bank’s underwriting procedures identify the sources of those cash flows and seek to match the repayment terms of the commercial 
loans to the sources.  Secondary repayment sources are typically found in collateralization and guarantor support. 

Commercial Real Estate Loans.  While management has been actively working to reduce the Bank’s concentration in real estate loans, 
including commercial real estate loans, a large portion of the loan portfolio continues to be comprised of commercial real estate loans.  
As of December 31, 2015, approximately $297.5 million, or 49.1% (50.3%, at year-end 2014) of the total commercial real estate loan 
portfolio  of  $605.7  million  was  to  borrowers  who  secured  the  loan  with  owner  occupied  property.    A  primary  repayment  risk  for  a 
commercial real estate loan is interruption or discontinuance of cash flows from operations.  Such cash flows are usually derived from 
rent in the case of nonowner occupied commercial properties.  Repayment could also be influenced by economic events, which may or 
may not be under the control of the borrower, or changes in regulations that negatively impact the future cash flow and market values 
of the affected properties.  Repayment risk can also arise from general downward shifts in the valuations of classes of properties over a 
given  geographic area  such as the ongoing but diminished price  adjustments that  have  been observed by  the Company beginning in 
2008.    Property  valuations  could  continue  to  be  affected  by  changes  in  demand  and  other  economic  factors,  which  could  further 
influence cash flows associated with the borrower and/or the property.  The Bank attempts to mitigate these risks by staying apprised of 
market  conditions  and  by  maintaining  underwriting  practices  that  provide  for  adequate  cash  flow  margins  and  multiple  repayment 
sources as well as remaining in regular contact with its borrowers.  In most cases, the Bank has collateralized these loans and/or has 
taken personal guarantees to help assure repayment.  Commercial real estate loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flow 
of the borrower and/or the property at origination and secondarily on the underlying real estate acting as collateral.  Additional credit 
support is provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation  value of the 
real estate and enforceability of personal and corporate guarantees if any exist. 

Construction Loans.  The Bank’s construction and development lending and related risks have greatly diminished from prior periods 
as the construction and development portfolio no longer dominates the Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio.  Loans in this category 
decreased  from  $44.8  million  at  December 31, 2014,  to  $19.8  million  at  December 31, 2015.    The  Bank  uses  underwriting  and 
construction loan guidelines to determine whether to issue loans on build-to-suit or build out of existing borrower properties. 

Construction loans are structured most often to be converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase or, infrequently, to 
be paid off upon receiving financing from another financial institution.  Construction loans are generally limited to our local market 
area.  Lending decisions have been based on the appraised value of the property as determined by an independent appraiser, an analysis 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the potential marketability and profitability of the project and identification of a cash flow source to service the permanent loan or 
verification of a refinancing source.  Construction loans generally have terms of up to 12 months, with extensions as needed.  The Bank 
disburses loan proceeds in increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant. 

Construction loans involve additional risks.  Development lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment 
dependent,  in  part,  on  the  success  of  the  ultimate  project rather  than  the  ability  of  the  borrower  or  guarantor  to  repay  principal  and 
interest.    This  generally  involves  more  risk  than  other  lending  because  it  is  based  on  future  estimates  of  value  and  economic 
circumstances.  While appraisals are required prior to funding, and loan advances are limited to the value determined by the appraisal, 
there is the possibility of an unforeseen event affecting the value and/or costs of the project.  Development loans are primarily used for 
single-family  developments,  where  the  sale  of  lots  and  houses  are  tied  to  customer  preferences  and  interest  rates.    If  the  borrower 
defaults prior to completion of the project, the Bank may be required to fund additional amounts so that another developer can complete 
the project.  The Bank is located in an area where a large amount of development activity has occurred as rural and semi-rural areas are 
being suburbanized.  This type of growth presents some economic risks should local demand for housing shift.  The Bank addresses 
these risks by closely monitoring local real estate activity, adhering to proper underwriting procedures, closely monitoring construction 
projects, and limiting the amount of construction development lending. 

Residential  Real  Estate  Loans.    Residential  first  mortgage  loans,  second  mortgages,  and  home  equity  line  of  credit  mortgages  are 
included in this category.  First mortgage loans may include fixed rate loans that are generally sold to investors.  The Bank is a direct 
seller to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and to several 
large financial institutions.  The Bank typically retains servicing rights for sold mortgages.  The retention of such servicing rights also 
allows  the  Bank  an  opportunity  to  have  regular  contact  with  mortgage  customers  and  can  help  to  solidify  community  involvement.  
Other loans that are not sold include adjustable rate mortgages, lot loans, and constructions loans that are held in  the Bank’s portfolio.  
Residential mortgage purchase activity has reflected a moderate level of activity as the real estate market in our market area continues 
to  stabilize.    However,  with  continuing  lower  interest  rates  and  increased  stabilization  in  our  market  area,  the  Bank’s  residential 
mortgage lending reflects a steady volume and mixture of both refinance and purchase financing opportunities.  Home equity lending 
has continued to slow in the past year but is still a meaningful portion of the Bank’s business. 

Consumer Loans.  The Bank also provides many types of consumer loans including primarily motor vehicle, home improvement and 
signature loans.   Consumer loans typically  have shorter terms and lower balances  with  higher  yields as compared to other loans but 
generally  carry higher risks of default. Consumer loan collections are  dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and 
thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. 

Competition 

The Company’s market area is highly competitive and the Bank’s business activities require  it to compete  with many other financial 
institutions.    A  number  of  these  financial  institutions  are  affiliated  with  large  bank  holding  companies  headquartered  outside  of  our 
principal market area as well as other institutions that are based in Aurora's surrounding communities and in Chicago, Illinois.  All of 
these financial institutions operate banking offices in the greater Aurora area or actively compete for customers within the  Company's 
market  area.    The  Bank  also  faces  competition  from  finance  companies,  insurance  companies,  credit  unions,  mortgage  companies, 
securities  brokerage  firms,  money  market  funds,  loan  production  offices  and  other  providers  of  financial  services.    Many  of  our 
nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and banks, such as 
the Company, may have certain competitive advantages. 

The Bank competes for loans principally through the quality of its client service and its responsiveness to client needs in addition to 
competing on interest rates and loan fees.  Management believes that its long-standing presence in the community and personal one-on-
one service  philosophy enhances its ability to compete  favorably in attracting and retaining individual and business customers.  The 
Bank actively  solicits deposit-related clients and competes  for deposits by offering personal attention, competitive interest rates,  and 
professional services made available through experienced bankers and multiple delivery channels that fit the needs of its market. 

The  Bank  operated  24  branches  in  the  seven  counties  of  Kane,  Kendall,  LaSalle,  Will,  DeKalb,  DuPage,  and  Cook  County  as  of 
December 31, 2015. The financial services industry will continue to become more competitive as further technological advances enable 
more financial institutions to provide expanded financial services without having a physical presence in our market. 

Employees 

At  December 31, 2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  employed  450,  485  and  492  full-time  equivalent  employees,  respectively.  
Management implemented a staff reduction program in 2015 that reduced staffing levels with related severance costs and subsequent 
reductions in monthly compensation expenses.   The Company places a high priority on staff development, which involves extensive 
training, including customer service training.  New employees are selected on the basis of both technical skills and customer service 
capabilities.  None of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet 

The  Company  maintains  a  corporate  website  at  http://www.oldsecond.com.    The  Company  makes  available  free  of  charge  on  or 
through its website the Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section 13(a) or  15(d) of  the  Exchange  Act  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  the 
Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  Many of the 
Company’s  policies,  committee  charters  and  other  investor  information  including  our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  are 
available on the Company’s website.  The Company’s reports, proxy and informational statements and other information regarding the 
Company are available free of charge on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).  The Company will also provide copies of its filings free of 
charge upon written request to: J. Douglas Cheatham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Old Second Bancorp, Inc., 
37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507. 

Forward-Looking Statements: This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform  Act,  including  with  respect  to  management’s  expectations  regarding  future  plans,  strategies  and  financial  performance, 
regulatory  developments,  industry  and  economic  trends,  and  other  matters.   Forward-looking  statements  are  identifiable  by  the 
inclusion  of  such  qualifications  as  “expects,”  “intends,”  “believes,”  “may,”  “will,”  “would,”  “could,”  “should,”  “plan,”  “anticipate,” 
“estimate,” “possible,” “likely” or other indications that the particular statements are not historical facts.  Actual events and results may 
differ significantly from those described in such forward-looking statements, due to numerous factors, including: 

 

negative economic conditions that adversely affect the economy, real estate values, the job market and other factors nationally 
and in our market area, in each case that may affect our liquidity and the performance of our loan portfolio; 
defaults and losses on our loan portfolio; 
the financial success and viability of the borrowers of our commercial loans; 

 
 
  market conditions in the commercial and residential real estate markets in our market area; 
 

changes U.S.  monetary policy, the level and volatility of interest rates,  the capital  markets and other  market conditions that 
may affect, among other things, our liquidity and the value of our assets and liabilities; 
competitive pressures in the financial services business; 
any negative perception of our reputation or financial strength; 
ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed; 
ability  to  use  technology  to  provide  products  and  services  that  will  satisfy  customer  demands  and  create  efficiencies  in 
operations; 
adverse effects on our information technology systems resulting from failures, human error or cyberattacks; 
adverse effects of failures by our vendors to provide agreed upon services in the manner and at the cost agreed, particularly 
our information technology vendors; 
the impact of any claims or legal actions, including any effect on our reputation; 
losses incurred in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages; 
the soundness of other financial institutions; 
changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations and the impact on our financial statements; 
our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries; 
a decrease in our regulatory capital ratios; 
legislative or regulatory changes, particularly changes in regulation of financial services companies; 
increased  costs  of  compliance,  heightened  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  other  risks  associated  with  changes  in 
regulation and the current regulatory environment, including the Dodd-Frank Act; 
the impact of heightened capital requirements; and 
each of the factors and risks identified under the heading “Risk Factors.” 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Therefore, there can be no assurances that future actual results will correspond to these forward-looking statements.  Additionally, all 
statements  in  this  Form 10-K,  including  forward-looking  statements,  speak  only  as  of  the  date  they  are  made,  and  the  Company 
undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events. 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 

General 

FDIC-insured institutions, like the Bank, as well as their holding companies and their affiliates, are extensively regulated under federal 
and state law.  As a result, the Company’s growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and 
general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various 
bank regulatory agencies, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve  System  (the “Federal Reserve”),  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  “FDIC”)  and  the  Bureau  of  Consumer 
Financial  Protection  (the  “CFPB”).    Furthermore,  taxation  laws  administered  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and  state  taxing 
authorities,  accounting  rules  developed  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  securities  laws  administered  by  the  Securities 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  Exchange  Commission  (the “SEC”)  and  state  securities  authorities,  and  anti-money  laundering  laws  enforced  by  the  U.S. 
Department  of  the  Treasury  (the  “Treasury”)  have  an  impact  on  the  business  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank.    The  effect  of  these 
statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and accounting rules are significant to the operations and results of the Company and the Bank, 
and the nature and extent of future legislative, regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions are impossible to predict with 
any certainty. 

Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of FDIC-
insured institutions, their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and 
depositors of banks, rather than shareholders.  These federal and state laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies issued 
under them, affect, among other things, the scope of the Company’s and the Bank’s business, the kinds and amounts of investments 
they  may  make,  Bank  reserve  requirements,  capital  levels  relative  to  assets,  the  nature  and  amount  of  collateral  for  loans,  the 
establishment of branches, the Company’s ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with insiders and affiliates and the Bank’s 
payment of dividends.  In the last several years, the Company and the Bank have experienced heightened regulatory requirements and 
scrutiny following the global financial crisis and as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the 
“Dodd-Frank Act”).  Although the reforms primarily targeted systemically important financial service providers, their influence filtered 
down in varying degrees to community banks over time, and the reforms have caused the Company’s compliance and risk management 
processes, and the costs thereof, to increase. 

This supervisory and regulatory framework subjects FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies to regular examination by 
their respective regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact 
the conduct and growth of their business.  These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but 
also  capital  levels,  asset  quality  and  risk,  management  ability  and  performance,  earnings,  liquidity,  and  various  other  factors.    The 
regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where 
the  agencies  determine,  among  other  things,  that  such  operations  are  unsafe  or  unsound,  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  law  or  are 
otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.   

The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the 
Bank,  beginning  with  a  discussion  of  the  continuing  regulatory  emphasis  on  capital  levels.    It  does  not  describe  all  of  the  statutes, 
regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described.  The descriptions 
are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provision.   

Regulatory Emphasis on Capital 

Regulatory capital represents the net assets of a banking organization available to absorb losses. Because of the risks attendant to their 
business,  FDIC-insured  institutions  are  generally  required  to  hold  more  capital  than  other  businesses,  which  directly  affects  the 
Company’s earnings capabilities. Although capital has historically been one of the key measures of the financial health of  banks, its 
role  became  fundamentally  more  important  in  the  wake  of  the  global  financial  crisis,  as  the  banking  regulators  recognized  that  the 
amount and quality of capital held by banks prior to the crisis was insufficient to absorb losses during periods of severe stress.  Certain 
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, establish strengthened capital standards for banking organizations, 
require  more  capital  to  be  held  in  the  form  of  common  stock  and  disallow  certain  funds  from  being  included  in  capital 
determinations.   These  standards  represent  regulatory  capital  requirements  that  are  meaningfully  more  stringent  than  those  in  place 
previously. 

Minimum Required Capital Levels.  Bank holding companies have historically had to comply with less stringent capital standards than 
their bank subsidiaries and have been able to raise capital with hybrid instruments such as trust preferred securities.  The  Dodd-Frank 
Act mandated that the Federal Reserve establish minimum capital levels for holding companies on a consolidated basis as stringent as 
those required for FDIC-insured institutions.  As a consequence, the components of holding company permanent capital known as “Tier 
1 Capital” were restricted to those capital instruments that were considered Tier 1 Capital for FDIC-insured institutions. A result of this 
change  is  that  the  proceeds  of  hybrid  instruments,  such  as  trust  preferred  securities,  are  being  excluded  from  Tier  1  Capital  over  a 
phase-out period. However, if such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion 
of assets, they may be retained, subject to certain restrictions.  Because the Company has assets of less than $15 billion, the Company is 
able  to  maintain  its  trust  preferred  proceeds  as  Tier  1  Capital  but  the  Company  has  to  comply  with  new  capital  mandates  in  other 
respects and will not be able to raise Tier 1 Capital in the future through the issuance of trust preferred securities. 

The capital standards for the Company and the Bank changed on January 1, 2015 to add the requirements of Basel III, discussed below. 
The minimum capital standards effective prior to and including December 31, 2014 are: 

  A leverage requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets of 3% for 

the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others, and 

  A  risk-based  capital  requirement,  consisting  of  a  minimum  ratio  of  Total  Capital  to  total  risk-weighted  assets  of  8%  and  a 

minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%.  

For these purposes, “Tier 1 Capital” consists primarily of common stock, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related 

surplus less intangible assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships).  Total Capital consists 
primarily of Tier 1 Capital plus “Tier 2 Capital,” which includes other non-permanent capital items, such as certain other debt and 
equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 Capital, and the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, subject to a limitation of 1.25% of 

7 

 
 
risk-weighted assets.  Further, risk-weighted assets for the purpose of the risk-weighted ratio calculations are balance sheet assets and 
off-balance sheet exposures to which required risk weightings of 0% to 100% are applied.    
The Basel International Capital Accords.  The risk-based capital guidelines described above are based upon the 1988 capital accord 
known  as  “Basel  I”  adopted  by  the  international  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision,  a  committee  of  central  banks  and  bank 
supervisors,  as  implemented  by  the  U.S.  federal  banking  regulators  on  an  interagency  basis. In  2008,  the  banking  agencies 
collaboratively  began  to  phase-in  capital  standards  based  on  a  second  capital  accord,  referred  to  as  “Basel  II,”  for  large  or  “core” 
international  banks  (generally  defined  for  U.S.  purposes  as  having  total  assets  of  $250  billion  or  more,  or  consolidated  foreign 
exposures of $10 billion or more).  On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of 
the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision,  announced  agreement  on  a  strengthened  set  of  capital  requirements  for  banking 
organizations  around  the  world,  known  as  Basel  III,  to  address  deficiencies  recognized  in  connection  with  the  global  financial 
crisis.  Because of Dodd-Frank Act requirements, Basel III essentially layers a new set of capital standards on the previously existing 
Basel I standards.  

The Basel III Rule.  In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved the implementation of the Basel  III regulatory capital 
reforms  in  pertinent  part,  and,  at  the  same  time,  promulgated  rules  effecting  certain  changes  required  by  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  (the 
“Basel III Rule”).  In contrast to capital requirements historically, which were in the form of guidelines, Basel III was released in the 
form of regulations by each of the regulatory agencies.  The Basel III Rule is applicable to all banking organizations that are subject to 
minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks and savings and loan associations, as well as to bank and savings and 
loan  holding  companies,  other  than  “small  bank  holding  companies”  (generally  bank  holding  companies  with  consolidated  assets  of 
less than $1 billion which are not publically traded companies).  

The  Basel  III  Rule  not  only  increased  most  of  the  required  minimum  capital  ratios  effective  January  1,  2015,  but  it  introduced  the 
concept of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, which consists primarily of common stock, related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained 
earnings, and Common Equity Tier 1 minority interests subject to certain regulatory adjustments.  The Basel III Rule also expanded the 
definition of capital by establishing more stringent criteria that instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (Tier 
1 Capital in addition to Common Equity) and Tier 2 Capital.  A number of instruments that qualified as Tier 1 Capital do not qualify, or 
their qualifications will change.  For example, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which qualified as simple Tier 1 Capital, does 
not  qualify  as  Common  Equity  Tier  1  Capital,  but  qualifies  as  Additional  Tier  1  Capital.  The  Basel  III  Rule  also  constrained  the 
inclusion  of  minority  interests,  mortgage-servicing  assets,  and  deferred  tax  assets  in  capital  and  requires  deductions  from 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital in the event that such assets exceed a certain percentage of a banking organization’s Common Equity 
Tier 1 Capital.   

The Basel III Rule requires minimum capital ratios beginning January 1, 2015, as follows:  

  A new ratio of minimum Common Equity Tier 1 equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; 
  An increase in the minimum required amount of Tier 1 Capital to 6% of risk-weighted assets;  
  A continuation of the current minimum required amount of Total Capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) at 8% of risk-weighted assets; 

and 

  A minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 4% in all circumstances. 

Not only did the capital requirements change but the risk weightings (or their methodologies) for bank assets that are used to determine 
the capital ratios changed as well. For nearly every class of assets, the Basel III Rule requires a more complex, detailed and calibrated 
assessment of credit risk and calculation of risk weightings.  

Banking organizations (except for large, internationally active banking organizations) became subject to the new rules on January 1, 
2015.  However, there are separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) regulatory capital adjustments 
and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital instruments; and (iv) changes to  the prompt corrective action rules.   The phase-in periods 
commenced on January 1, 2016 and extend until 2019. 

Well-Capitalized  Requirements.    The  ratios  described  above  are  minimum  standards  in  order  for  banking  organizations  to  be 
considered “adequately capitalized” under the Prompt Corrective Action rules discussed below.  Bank regulatory agencies uniformly 
encourage banking organizations to hold more capital and be “well-capitalized” and, to that end, federal law and regulations provide 
various incentives  for such organizations to  maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of  minimum regulatory requirements. For 
example, a banking organization that is well-capitalized may: (i) qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements 
otherwise applicable to certain types of activities; (ii) qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) 
accept, roll-over or renew brokered deposits.  Higher capital levels could also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances 
or  risk  profiles  of  individual  banking  organizations.    Moreover,  the  Federal  Reserve’s  capital  guidelines  contemplate  that  additional 
capital  may  be  required  to  take  adequate  account  of,  among  other  things,  interest  rate  risk,  or  the  risks  posed  by  concentrations  of 
credit,  nontraditional  activities  or  securities  trading  activities.    Further,  any  banking  organization  experiencing  or  anticipating 
significant  growth  would  be  expected  to  maintain  capital  ratios,  including  tangible  capital  positions  (i.e.,  Tier  1  Capital  less  all 
intangible assets), well above the minimum levels. 

Under the capital regulations of the OCC and Federal Reserve, in order to be well-capitalized, a banking organization must maintain: 

  A new Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio to risk-weighted assets of 6.5% or more;  
  A minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of  8% (6% under Basel I);  

8 

 
  A minimum ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% (the same as Basel I); and  
  A leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets of 5% or greater. 

In addition, banking organizations that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of 
stock) and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers without restriction must also maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 
attributable to a capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016.  The purpose of the conservation buffer 
is to ensure that banking organizations maintain a buffer of capital that can be used to absorb losses during periods of financial and 
economic stress.  Factoring in the fully phased-in conservation buffer increases the minimum ratios depicted above to: 

 
 
 

7% for Common Equity Tier 1,  
8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and  
10.5% for Total Capital. 

It is possible under the Basel III Rule to be well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the capital conservation buffer. 

As of December 31, 2015: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from the OCC to increase its capital and (ii) the Bank was well-
capitalized, as defined by OCC regulations.  As of December 31, 2015, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal 
Reserve’s requirements and met the Basel III Rule requirements to be well-capitalized. 

Prompt Corrective Action.  An FDIC-insured institution’s capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as 
well.  This  regime  applies  to  FDIC-insured  institutions,  not  holding  companies,  and  provides  escalating  powers  to  bank  regulatory 
agencies as a bank’s capital diminishes. Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective 
action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions.  The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution 
in  question  is  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically  undercapitalized,”  in  each 
case  as  defined  by  regulation.    Depending  upon  the  capital  category  to  which  an  institution  is  assigned,  the  regulators’  corrective 
powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting 
its  activities;  (iii)  requiring  the  institution  to  issue  additional  capital  stock  (including  additional  voting  stock)  or  to  sell  itself;  (iv) 
restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate that the institution may pay on deposits; 
(vi)  ordering  a  new  election  of  directors  of  the  institution;  (vii)  requiring  dismissal  of  senior  executive  officers  or  directors;  (viii) 
prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; 
(x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.  

Regulation and Supervision of the Company 

General.  The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company.  As a bank holding company, the Company is 
registered  with,  and  subject  to  regulation  by,  the  Federal  Reserve  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  (the 
“BHCA”).    The  Company  is  legally  obligated  to  act  as  a  source  of  financial  and  managerial  strength  to  the  Bank  and  to  commit 
resources to support the Bank in circumstances where it might not otherwise do so.  The Company is subject to periodic examination by 
the Federal Reserve and is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of its operations and such additional information 
regarding its operations as the Federal Reserve may require.   

Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control.  The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The 
BHCA  generally  requires  the  prior  approval  of  the  Federal Reserve  for  any  merger  involving  a  bank  holding  company  or  any 
acquisition  by  a  bank  holding  company  of  another  bank  or  bank  holding  company.    Subject  to  certain  conditions  (including  deposit 
concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any 
state  of  the  United  States.  In  approving  interstate  acquisitions,  the  Federal  Reserve  is  required  to  give  effect  to  applicable  state  law 
limitations  on  the  aggregate  amount  of  deposits  that  may  be  held  by  the  acquiring  bank  holding  company  and  its  FDIC-insured 
institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state 
institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of 
time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.  Furthermore, in accordance with the 
Dodd-Frank  Act,  bank  holding  companies  must  be  well-capitalized  and  well-managed  in  order  to  effect  interstate  mergers  or 
acquisitions.  For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above. 

The  BHCA  generally  prohibits  the  Company  from  acquiring  direct  or  indirect  ownership  or  control  of  more  than  5%  of  the  voting 
shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks 
or  furnishing  services  to  banks  and  their  subsidiaries.    This  general  prohibition  is  subject  to  a  number  of  exceptions.  The  principal 
exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by  the 
Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be “so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto.”  This authority 
would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a savings 
association,  or  any  entity  engaged  in  consumer  finance,  equipment  leasing,  the  operation  of  a  computer  service  bureau 
(including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage services.  The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on 
the domestic activities of nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies. 

Additionally,  bank  holding  companies  that  meet  certain  eligibility  requirements  prescribed  by  the  BHCA  and  elect  to  operate  as 
financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including 
securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with 

9 

 
 
 
the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that 
the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the 
safety  or  soundness  of  FDIC-insured  institutions  or  the  financial  system  generally.    The  Company  has  not  elected  to  operate  as  a 
financial holding company.   

Federal law also prohibits any person or company  from acquiring  “control” of an  FDIC-insured depository institution or its  holding 
company  without  prior  notice  to  the  appropriate  federal  bank  regulator.    “Control”  is  conclusively  presumed  to  exist  upon  the 
acquisition  of  25%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  a  bank  or  bank  holding  company,  but  may  arise  under  certain 
circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.   

Capital Requirements.  Bank holding companies are required to maintain capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy 
requirements, as impacted by the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III.  For a discussion of capital requirements, see “—Regulatory Emphasis 
on Capital” above. 

Dividend  Payments.    The  Company’s  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  its  shareholders  may  be  affected  by  both  general  corporate  law 
considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies.  As a Delaware corporation, the Company is 
subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).  The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends 
only  out  of  its  surplus  (as  defined  and  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  DGCL)  or  if  the  Company  has  no  such 
surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.   

As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or 
significantly reduce dividends to shareholders if: (i) its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends 
previously  paid  during  that  period,  is  not  sufficient  to  fully  fund  the  dividends;  (ii) the  prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention  is 
inconsistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not 
meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.  The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding 
companies  and  their  non-bank  subsidiaries  to  prevent  or  remedy  actions  that  represent  unsafe  or  unsound  practices  or  violations  of 
applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding 
companies.  In addition,  under the Basel III Rule, institutions  that seek the  freedom to pay dividends  will  have to  maintain  2.5% in 
Common  Equity  Tier  1  attributable  to  the  capital  conservation  buffer  to  be  phased  in  over  three  years  beginning  in  2016.  See  “—
Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above. 

Monetary  Policy.    The  monetary  policy  of  the  Federal  Reserve  has  a  significant  effect  on  the  operating  results  of  financial  or  bank 
holding companies and their subsidiaries.  Among the tools available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market 
transactions  in  U.S.  government  securities,  changes  in  the  discount  rate  on  bank  borrowings  and  changes  in  reserve  requirements 
against  bank  deposits.    These  means  are  used  in  varying  combinations  to  influence  overall  growth  and  distribution  of  bank  loans, 
investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. 

Federal Securities Regulation.  The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the “Exchange  Act”).   Consequently, the  Company is  subject to the information, proxy  solicitation, insider trading and 
other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act. 

Corporate Governance.  The Dodd-Frank Act addressed many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation 
matters  that  will  affect  most  U.S.  publicly  traded  companies.    The  Dodd-Frank  Act  increased  stockholder  influence  over  boards  of 
directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” 
payments,  and  authorizing  the  SEC  to  promulgate  rules  that  would  allow  stockholders  to  nominate  and  solicit  voters  for  their  own 
candidates  using  a  company’s  proxy  materials.    The  legislation  also  directed  the  Federal  Reserve  to  promulgate  rules  prohibiting 
excessive compensation paid to executives of bank holding companies, regardless of whether such companies are publicly traded. 

Regulation and Supervision of the Bank 

General.  The Bank is a national bank, chartered by the OCC under the National Bank Act.  The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured 
by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) to the maximum extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations, and the 
Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System.  As a national bank, the Bank is subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and 
enforcement requirements of the OCC.  The FDIC, as administrator of the DIF, also has regulatory authority over the Bank. 

Deposit  Insurance.    As  an  FDIC-insured  institution,  the  Bank is  required  to  pay  deposit  insurance  premium  assessments  to  the 
FDIC.  The  FDIC  has  adopted  a  risk-based  assessment  system  whereby  FDIC-insured  institutions  pay  insurance  premiums  at  rates 
based on their risk classification.  An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory 
concern the institution poses to the regulators.   For deposit insurance assessment purposes, an FDIC-insured institution is placed in one 
of four risk categories each quarter. An institution’s assessment is determined by multiplying its assessment rate by its assessment base. 
In 2015 the total base assessment rates range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points.  The assessment base is calculated using average 
consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for 
the DIF and, if needed, will increase or decrease the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking. 

Amendments  to  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  revised  the  assessment  base  against  which  an  FDIC-insured  institution’s  deposit 
insurance  premiums  paid  to  the  DIF  are  calculated  to  be  its  average  consolidated  total  assets  less  its  average  tangible  equity.   This 
change shifted the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other 
than  U.S.  deposits.   Additionally,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  altered  the  minimum  designated  reserve  ratio  of  the  DIF,  increasing  the 
10 

 
minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay 
dividends to FDIC-insured institutions. In lieu of dividends, the FDIC has adopted progressively lower assessment rate schedules that 
will  take  effect  when  the  reserve  ratio  exceeds  1.15%,  2%,  and  2.5%.  As  a  consequence,  premiums  will  decrease  once  the  1.15% 
threshold is exceeded. The FDIC has until September 3, 2020 to meet the 1.35% reserve ratio target.  Several of these provisions could 
increase the Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premiums.   

The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently established the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit 
unions to $250,000 per insured depositor.  

FICO  Assessments.    In  addition  to  paying  basic  deposit  insurance  assessments,  FDIC-insured  institutions  must  pay  Financing 
Corporation (“FICO”) assessments.  FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan 
Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the 
former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  FICO issued 30-year noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion that 
mature  in  2017  through  2019.    FICO’s  authority  to  issue  bonds  ended  on  December  12,  1991.  Since  1996,  federal  legislation  has 
required that all FDIC-insured institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations.  The FICO 
assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and for the fourth quarter of 2015 was 0.60 basis points (60 cents per $100 dollars of  assessable 
deposits). 

Supervisory Assessments.  National banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the OCC to fund the operations of the OCC.  
The amount of the assessment is calculated using a formula that takes into account the bank’s size and its supervisory condition.  During 
the year ended December 31, 2015, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the OCC totaling $425,000. 

Capital  Requirements.    Banks  are  generally  required  to  maintain  capital  levels  in  excess  of  other  businesses.    For  a  discussion  of 
capital requirements, see “—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above. 

Liquidity Requirements.  Liquidity is a measure of the ability and ease with which assets may be converted to cash. Liquid assets are 
those that can be converted to cash quickly if needed to meet financial obligations.  To remain viable, FDIC-insured institutions must 
have enough liquid assets to  meet their near-term obligations, such as  withdrawals by depositors. Because the  global financial crisis 
was  in  part  a  liquidity  crisis,  Basel  III  also  includes  a  liquidity  framework  that  requires  FDIC-insured  institutions  to  measure  their 
liquidity against specific liquidity tests.  One test, referred to as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the 
institution has an adequate  stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted easily and immediately in private 
markets  into  cash  to  meet    liquidity  needs  for  a  30-calendar  day  liquidity  stress  scenario.    The  other  test,  known  as  the  Net  Stable 
Funding Ratio, is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of institutions over a one-year 
horizon.  These tests provide an incentive for institutions to increase their holdings in Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a 
component of assets, increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source and rely on stable funding like  core deposits (in lieu of 
brokered deposits).  

In  addition  to  liquidity  guidelines  already  in  place,  the  U.S.  bank  regulatory  agencies  implemented  the  Basel  III  LCR  in  September 
2014, which requires large financial firms to hold levels of liquid assets sufficient to protect against constraints on their funding during 
times  of  financial  turmoil.    While  the  LCR  only  applies  to  the  largest  banking  organizations  in  the  country,  certain  elements  are 
expected to filter down to all FDIC-insured institutions.  The Bank is reviewing its liquidity risk management policies in light of the 
LCR and NSFR. 

Stress Testing.  A stress test is an analysis or simulation designed to determine the ability  of a given FDIC-insured institution to deal 
with an economic crisis. In October 2012, U.S. bank regulators unveiled new rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require the 
largest  U.S.  banks  to  undergo  stress  tests  twice  per  year,  once  internally  and  once  conducted  by  the  regulators,  and  began 
recommending  portfolio  stress  testing  as  a  sound  risk  management  practice  for  community  banks.    Although  stress  tests  are  not 
officially  required  for  banks  with  less  than  $10  billion  in  assets,  they  have  become  part  of  annual  regulatory  exams  even  for  banks 
small enough to be officially exempted from the process.  The OCC now recommends stress testing as means to identify and quantify 
loan portfolio risk and the Bank has begun the process.  

Dividend  Payments.    The  primary  source  of  funds  for  the  Company  is  dividends  from  the  Bank.  Under  the  National  Bank  Act,  a 
national bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits in such amounts and at such times as the bank’s board of directors deems 
prudent.  Without prior OCC approval, however, a national bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed 
the bank’s year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding years.  In addition, under the Basel III Rule, 
institutions  that  seek  the  freedom  to  pay  dividends  will  have  to  maintain  2.5%  in  Common  Equity  Tier  1  attributable  to  the  capital 
conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above. 

Insider Transactions.  The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on “covered transactions” between the Bank 
and its “affiliates.”  The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions subject to the 
restrictions include extensions of credit to the Company, investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and the acceptance 
of  the  stock  or  other  securities  of  the  Company  as  collateral  for  loans  made  by  the  Bank.    The  Dodd-Frank  Act  enhanced  the 
requirements for certain transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase 
in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. 

Limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and 
officers  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  to  principal  shareholders  of  the  Company  and  to  “related  interests”  of  such  directors, 
officers  and  principal  shareholders.    In addition,  federal  law  and  regulations  may  affect  the  terms  upon  which  any  person  who  is  a 
11 

 
director or officer of the Company or the Bank, or a principal shareholder of the Company, may obtain credit from banks with  which 
the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.   

Safety and Soundness Standards/Risk Management.  The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational 
and  managerial  standards  to  promote  the  safety  and  soundness  of  FDIC-insured  institutions.    The  guidelines  set  forth  standards  for 
internal  controls,  information  systems,  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset 
growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings. 

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for 
establishing  its  own  procedures  to  achieve  those  goals.    If  an  institution  fails  to  comply  with  any  of  the  standards  set  forth  in  the 
guidelines,  the  FDIC-insured  institution’s  primary  federal  regulator  may  require  the  institution  to  submit  a  plan  for  achieving  and 
maintaining compliance.  If an FDIC-insured institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect 
to  implement  a  compliance  plan  that  has  been  accepted  by  its  primary  federal  regulator,  the  regulator  is  required  to  issue  an  order 
directing the institution to cure the deficiency.  Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the 
FDIC-insured institution’s rate of  growth, require  the  FDIC-insured institution to increase its capital,  restrict  the  rates the institution 
pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances.  Noncompliance 
with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the 
federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments. 

During  the  past  decade,  the  bank  regulatory  agencies  have  increasingly  emphasized  the  importance  of  sound  risk  management 
processes  and  strong  internal  controls  when  evaluating  the  activities  of  the  FDIC-insured  institutions  they  supervise.   Properly 
managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important 
as  new  technologies,  product  innovation,  and  the  size  and  speed  of  financial  transactions  have  changed  the  nature  of  banking 
markets.  The  agencies  have  identified  a  spectrum  of  risks  facing  a  banking  institution  including,  but  not  limited  to,  credit,  market, 
liquidity, operational, legal, and reputational risk.  In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements  have  focused on  operational risk, 
which  arises  from  the  potential  that  inadequate  information  systems,  operational  problems,  breaches  in  internal  controls,  fraud,  or 
unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses.   New products and services, third-party risk management and cybersecurity 
are critical sources of operational risk that FDIC-insured institutions are expected to address in the current environment. The Bank is 
expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and limits; adequate risk measurement, 
monitoring, and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls. 

Branching  Authority.    National banks headquartered in Illinois, such as the Bank,  have  the  same branching rights in Illinois as banks 
chartered  under  Illinois  law,  subject  to  OCC  approval.    Illinois  law  grants  Illinois-chartered  banks  the  authority  to  establish  branches 
anywhere in the State of Illinois, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals. 

Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state 
deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period 
of time (not to exceed five  years) prior to the merger.  The  establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual 
branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) has historically been permitted 
only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such expansion.  However, the Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and 
well-managed banks to establish new branches across state lines without these impediments. 

Financial  Subsidiaries.    Under  federal  law  and  OCC  regulations,  national  banks  are  authorized  to  engage,  through  “financial 
subsidiaries,” in any activity that is permissible  for a  financial  holding company and any  activity  that  the Secretary of the Treasury, in 
consultation  with the Federal  Reserve, determines is financial in  nature or incidental to any  such financial activity, except (i) insurance 
underwriting, (ii) real estate development or real estate investment activities (unless otherwise permitted by law), (iii) insurance company 
portfolio investments and (iv) merchant banking.  The authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a number 
of conditions, including, among other things, requirements that the bank must be well-managed and well-capitalized (after deducting from 
capital  the  bank’s  outstanding  investments  in  financial  subsidiaries).    The  Bank  has  not  applied  for  approval  to  establish  any  financial 
subsidiaries. 

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (the “FHLB”), which serves as 
a  central  credit  facility  for  its  members.    The  FHLB  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  obligations  of  the  FHLB 
system.    It  makes  loans  to  member  banks  in  the  form  of  FHLB  advances.    All  advances  from  the  FHLB  are  required  to  be  fully 
collateralized as determined by the FHLB. 

Transaction  Account  Reserves.    Federal  Reserve  regulations  require  FDIC-insured  institutions  to  maintain  reserves  against  their 
transaction  accounts  (primarily  NOW  and  regular  checking  accounts).    For 2016:  the  first  $15.2  million  of  otherwise  reservable 
balances are exempt from reserves and have a zero percent reserve requirement; for transaction accounts aggregating more than $15.2 
million  to  $110.2  million,  the  reserve  requirement  is  3%  of  total  transaction  accounts;  and  for  net  transaction  accounts  in  excess  of 
$110.2 million, the reserve requirement is 3% up to $110.2 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in 
excess of $110.2 million.  These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. 

Community  Reinvestment  Act  Requirements.    The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  requires  the  Bank  to  have  a  continuing  and 
affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-
income  neighborhoods.    Federal  regulators  regularly  assess  the  Bank’s  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its  communities. 

12 

 
Applications  for  additional  acquisitions  would  be  affected  by  the  evaluation  of  the  Bank’s  effectiveness  in  meeting  its  Community 
Reinvestment Act requirements. 

Anti-Money Laundering.  The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 
Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”), along with anti-money laundering and bank secrecy laws (“AML-BSA”), are designed 
to  deny  terrorists  and  criminals  the  ability  to  obtain  access  to  the  U.S.  financial  system  and  has  significant  implications  for  FDIC-
insured  institutions,  brokers,  dealers  and  other  businesses  involved  in  the  transfer  of  money.    The  laws  mandate  financial  services 
companies  to  have  policies  and  procedures  with  respect  to  measures  designed  to  address  any  or  all  of  the  following  matters:  (i) 
customer  identification  and  ongoing  due  diligence  programs;  (ii)  money  laundering;  (iii)  terrorist  financing;  (iv) identifying  and 
reporting  suspicious  activities  and  currency  transactions;  (v)  currency  crimes;  and  (vi) cooperation  among  FDIC-insured  institutions 
and law enforcement authorities. 

Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate.  Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any 
one  industry  or  segment.    A  concentration  in  commercial  real  estate  is  one  example  of  regulatory  concern.  The  interagency 
Concentrations  in  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending,  Sound  Risk  Management  Practices  guidance  (“CRE  Guidance”)  provides 
supervisory  criteria,  including  the  following  numerical  indicators,  to  assist  bank  examiners  in  identifying  banks  with  potentially 
significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) commercial real estate loans 
exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction and land development  loans 
exceeding  100%  of  capital.  The CRE  Guidance  does  not  limit  banks’  levels  of  commercial  real  estate  lending  activities,  but  rather 
guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of 
their  commercial  real  estate  concentrations.    On  December  18,  2015,  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued  a  statement  to  reinforce 
prudent  risk-management  practices  related  to  CRE  lending,  having  observed  substantial  growth  in  many  CRE  asset  and  lending 
markets,  increased  competitive  pressures,  rising  CRE  concentrations  in  banks,  and  an  easing  of  CRE  underwriting  standards.    The 
federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured institutions to maintain underwriting discipline  and exercise prudent risk-management 
practices to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the risks arising from CRE lending.  In addition, FDIC-insured institutions must 
maintain  capital  commensurate  with  the  level  and  nature  of  their  CRE  concentration  risk  based  on  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  as  of 
December 31, 2015. 

Consumer  Financial  Services.  The  historical  structure  of  federal  consumer  protection  regulation  applicable  to  all  providers  of 
consumer financial products and services changed significantly on July 21, 2011, when the CFPB commenced operations to supervise 
and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that 
apply to all providers of consumer products and services, including the Bank, as well as the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or 
abusive” acts and practices.  The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over providers with more than $10 billion in assets. 
FDIC-insured institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like the Bank, continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. 

Because abuses in connection with residential mortgages were a significant factor contributing to the global financial crisis, many new 
rules  issued  by  the  CFPB  and  required  by  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  address  mortgage  and  mortgage-related  products,  their  underwriting, 
origination, servicing and sales.  The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded underwriting requirements applicable to loans secured by 
1-4  family  residential  real  property  and  augmented  federal  law  combating  predatory  lending  practices.    In  addition  to  numerous 
disclosure requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act imposed new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including all FDIC-
insured  institutions,  in  an  effort  to  strongly  encourage  lenders  to  verify  a  borrower’s  “ability  to  repay,”  while  also  establishing  a 
presumption  of  compliance  for  certain  “qualified  mortgages.”    In  addition,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  generally  required  lenders  or 
securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans that the lender sells, and other asset-backed securities that 
the  securitizer  issues,  if  the  loans  have  not  complied  with  the  ability-to-repay  standards.    The  Bank  does  not  currently  expect  the 
CFPB’s rules to have a significant impact on the Company’s operations, except for higher compliance costs. 

GUIDE 3 STATISTICAL DATA REQUIREMENTS 

The  statistical  data  required  by  Guide  3  of  the  Guides  for  Preparation  and  Filing  of  Reports  and  Registration  Statements  under  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  is  set  forth  in  the  following  pages.    This  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated 
financial statements, related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as 
set forth in Part II Items 7 and 8.  All dollars in the tables are expressed in thousands. 

13 

 
 
 
 
I. 

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rate and Interest Differential. 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and reflects the yield 
on average earning assets and cost of average liabilities for the years indicated.  Dividing the related interest by the average balance of 
assets or liabilities derives rates.  Average balances are derived from daily balances. 

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE BALANCES, 
TAX EQUIVALENT INTEREST AND RATES 
Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Assets 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions  $ 
Securities: 
Taxable 
Non-taxable (TE) 
Total securities 

Dividends from Reserve Bank and FHLBC stock 
Loans and loans held-for-sale1 
Total interest earning assets 

Cash and due from banks 
Allowance for loan losses 
Other noninterest bearing assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
NOW accounts 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Time deposits 

Interest bearing deposits 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 
Total interest bearing liabilities 

Noninterest bearing deposits 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 
Net interest income (TE) 
Net interest income (TE) 
to total earning assets 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Average  
Balance  

  Interest    % 

  Rate    Average  
  Balance  

  Interest    % 

  Rate   Average  
  Balance  

  Rate 
  Interest    % 

 20,066  

  $ 

 55   0.27  $ 

 28,106  

  $ 

 73    0.26   $ 

 43,801  

  $ 

 108   0.24 

   642,132  
 22,311  
  664,443  
 8,545  
   1,149,590  
 1,842,644  
 29,659  
 (19,323)  
 213,000  
$  2,065,980  

     14,037   2.19  
 834   3.74   
     14,871   2.24  
 306   3.58   

   616,187  
 16,425  
  632,612  
 9,677  
     53,327   4.58     1,127,590  
 1,797,985  
     68,559   3.68  
 32,628  
 -   
 -  
 (24,981)  
 -   
 -  
 231,767  
 -   
 -  
 $  2,037,399  

     14,131    2.29  
 727    4.43    
     14,858    2.35  
 309    3.19    

   586,188  
 14,616  
  600,804  
 10,629  
     53,170    4.65      1,106,447  
 1,761,681  
     68,410    3.76  
 26,871  
 -    
 -  
 (35,504)  
 -    
 -  
 209,640  
 -    
 -  
  $  1,962,688  

     11,692   1.99 
 904   6.19 
     12,596   2.10 
 304   2.86 
     56,417   5.03 
     69,425   3.90 
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  

$   345,472  
 292,725  
 249,570  
 410,691  
 1,298,458  
 28,194  
 21,945  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 1,452,475  
 429,403  
 10,712  
 173,390  
$  2,065,980  

  $ 

 300   0.09  $ 
 282   0.10   
 152   0.06   
 3,201   0.78   
 3,935   0.30  
 3   0.01   
 30   0.13   
 4,287   7.34   
 814   1.78   
 7   1.38   
 9,076   0.62  
 -   
 -  
 -   
 -  
 -   
 -  

 314,212  
 305,595  
 238,326  
 446,133  
 1,304,266  
 26,093  
 12,534  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 1,446,771  
 388,295  
 20,218  
 182,115  
 $  2,037,399  

  $ 

 266    0.08   $   290,998  
 318,343  
 317    0.10    
 226,404  
 155    0.07    
 493,855  
 4,500    1.01    
 1,329,600  
 5,238    0.40  
 23,313  
 3    0.01    
 15,849  
 16    0.13    
 58,378  
 4,919    8.43    
 45,000  
 792    1.74    
 500  
 16    3.16    
 1,472,640  
     10,984    0.76  
 362,871  
 -    
 -  
 36,063  
 -    
 -  
 91,114  
 -    
 -  
  $  1,962,688  

  $ 

 255   0.09 
 443   0.14 
 161   0.07 
 6,774   1.37 
 7,633   0.57 
 3   0.01 
 25   0.16 
 5,298   9.08 
 811   1.78 
 16   3.16 
     13,786   0.94 
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  

  $  59,483   

  $  57,426    

  $  55,639   

  3.23     

   3.19      

  3.16 

Interest bearing liabilities to earning assets 

78.83 %      

80.47 %      

83.59 %      

1.  Interest income from loans is shown tax equivalent as discussed below and includes fees of $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.5 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Nonaccrual 

loans are included in the above stated average balances. 

Notes:  For purposes of discussion, net interest income and net interest income to earning assets have been adjusted to a non-GAAP tax equivalent (“TE”) basis using a 
marginal rate of 35% to more appropriately compare returns on tax-exempt loans and securities to other earning assets.  The table below provides a reconciliation of each 
non-GAAP TE measure to the GAAP equivalent: 

Interest income (GAAP) 

Taxable equivalent adjustment - loans 
Taxable equivalent adjustment - securities 
Interest income (TE) 

Less: interest expense (GAAP) 

Net interest income (TE) 
Net interest income (GAAP) 
Average interest earning assets 
Net interest income to total interest earning assets 
Net interest income to total interest earning assets (TE) 

Effect of Tax Equivalent Adjustment 
2014 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 68,044  
 111  
 255  
 68,410  
 10,984  
 57,426  
 57,060  
 1,797,985  

 3.17 %   
 3.19 %   

$ 

$ 
$ 

2013 

 69,040  
 68  
 317  
 69,425  
 13,786  
 55,639  
 55,254  
 1,761,681  

 3.14 % 
 3.16 % 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2015 

 68,164  
 103  
 292  
 68,559  
 9,076  
 59,483  
 59,088  
 1,842,644  

 3.21 %   
 3.23 %   

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
  
    
 
     
   
     
 
     
  
   
 
     
  
    
 
     
   
     
 
     
  
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
     
  
     
   
     
  
 
   
 
     
  
    
 
     
   
     
 
     
  
   
 
     
  
    
 
     
   
     
 
     
  
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
     
  
     
   
     
  
   
 
    
 
     
 
   
 
     
  
    
 
     
   
     
 
     
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  allocates  the  changes  in  net  interest  income  to  changes  in  either  average  balances  or  average  rates  for  earnings 
assets  and  interest  bearing  liabilities.    Interest  income  is  measured  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis  using  a  35%  rate  as  per the  note  to  the 
analysis of average balance table on the preceding page. 

Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income 

2015 Compared to 2014 

Change Due to 

   Average 
  Balance 

    Average 

Rate 

2014 Compared to 2013 

Change Due to 

Total 
Change 

    Average 
  Balance 

    Average 

Rate 

Total 
Change 

EARNING ASSETS/INTEREST INCOME 
Interest bearing deposits 
Securities: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Dividends from Reserve Bank and FHLBC stock 
Loans and loans held-for-sale 
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES/ INTEREST EXPENSE 
NOW accounts 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Time deposits 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES 
NET INTEREST INCOME 

II. 

Investment Portfolio 

  $ 

 (22) 

 $ 

 4 

 $ 

 (18)   $ 

 (41) 

 $ 

 6 

 $ 

 (35) 

 845 
 189 
 78 
 937 
 2,027 

 27 
 (13) 
 9 
 (336) 
 13 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (300) 
 2,327 

 $ 

 (939) 
 (82) 
 (81) 
 (780) 
 (1,878) 

 7 
 (22) 
 (12) 
 (963) 
 1 
 (632) 
 22 
 (9) 
 (1,608) 
 (270) 

 $ 

 (94)  
 107   
 (3)  
 157   
 149   

 34   
 (35)  
 (3)  
 (1,299)  
 14   
 (632)  
 22   
 (9)  
 (1,908)  
 2,057    $ 

 621 
 136 
 (17) 
 1,106 
 1,805 

 19 
 (17) 
 10 
 (608) 
 (5) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (601) 
 2,406 

 $ 

 1,818 
 (313) 
 22 
 (4,353) 
 (2,820) 

 (8) 
 (109) 
 (16) 
 (1,666) 
 (4) 
 (379) 
 (19) 
 - 
 (2,201) 
 (619) 

 $ 

 2,439 
 (177) 
 5 
 (3,247) 
 (1,015) 

 11 
 (126) 
 (6) 
 (2,274) 
 (9) 
 (379) 
 (19) 
 - 
 (2,802) 
 1,787 

  $ 

The following table presents the composition of the securities portfolio by major category as of December 31 of each year indicated: 

Securities Portfolio Composition 

2015 

2014 

2013 

   Amortized     
Cost 

Fair 
  Value 

    Amortized     
Cost 

Fair 
  Value 

    Amortized     
Cost 

Fair 
  Value 

Securities Available-For-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Total Securities Available-For-Sale 

Held-To-Maturity 

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total Held-To-Maturity 

  $ 

 1,509 
 1,683 
 2,040 
 30,341 
 30,157 
 68,743 
    241,872 
   94,374 
  $   470,719 

 $ 

 1,509   $ 
 1,556  
 1,996  
 30,526  
 29,400  
 66,920  
     231,908  
   92,251  

 1,529 
 1,711 
 - 
 21,682 
 31,243 
 65,728 
    175,565 
   94,236 
 $   456,066   $   391,694 

 $ 

 1,527 
 1,624 
 - 
 22,018 
 30,985 
 63,627 
     173,496 
   92,209 
 $   385,486 

 $ 

 1,549 
 1,738 
 - 
 16,382 
 15,733 
 66,766 
     274,118 
 - 
 $   376,286 

 $ 

 1,544 
 1,672 
 - 
 16,794 
 15,102 
 63,876 
     273,203 
 - 
 $   372,191 

  $ 

 36,505 
    211,241 
  $   247,746 

 38,097   $ 

 37,125 
 $ 
     213,578  
    222,545 
 $   251,675   $   259,670 

 39,155 
 $ 
     224,111 
 $   263,266 

 35,268 
 $ 
     221,303 
 $   256,571 

 35,240 
 $ 
     219,088 
 $   254,328 

The  Company’s  holdings  of  U.S.  government  agency  and  U.S.  government  agency  mortgage-backed  securities  are  comprised  of 
government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the FHLB, which are not backed by the full faith and credit 
of the U.S. government. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the expected maturities or call dates and weighted average yield (nontax equivalent) of securities by major 
category as of December 31, 2015.  Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown only in the total column. 

Securities Portfolio Maturity and Yields 

Securities Available-For-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized 

mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

After One But 
Within One Year   Within Five Years   Within Ten Years  
Amount      Yield       Amount      Yield       Amount      Yield       Amount      Yield       Amount 

After Ten Years   

After Five But 

Total 

    Yield    

$ 

 1,509    
 -    
    15,629    
 -    
    17,138    

 0.40  %  $ 
 -   
 1.87   
 -   
 1.74   

 -    
 -    
 4,932    
 2,027    
 6,959    

 -  %   $ 
 -   
 3.28   
 2.06   
 2.92   

 -    
 1,556    
 5,242    
 27,373    
 34,171    

 -  %  $ 

 3.13   
 3.09   
 2.22   
 2.39   

 -    
 -    
 4,723    
 -    
 4,723    

 -  %  $ 
 -   
 3.21   
 -   
 3.21   

 1,509    
 1,556    
 30,526    
 29,400    
 62,991    

 0.40  % 
 3.13   
 2.51   
 2.21   
 2.33   

 68,916    

   231,908 

 92,251    
 456,066    

 2.29   
   1.47   
 3.06   
 2.03  % 

Total Securities Available-For-Sale 

$   17,138    

 1.74  %   $ 

 6,959    

 2.92  %   $ 

 34,171    

 2.39  %   $ 

 4,723    

 3.21  %   $ 

Held-To-Maturity 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

Total Held-To-Maturity 

$ 

 -    

 -  %   $ 

 -    

 -  %   $ 

 -    

 -  %   $ 

 -    

$ 
 -  %   $ 

 247,746    
 247,746    

 2.78  % 
 2.78  % 

As  of  December 31, 2015,  net  unrealized  losses  on  available-for-sale  securities  and  net  losses  not  accreted  on  securities  transferred 
from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity was $20.6 million, which offset by deferred income taxes resulted in an overall reduction to 
equity  capital  of  $12.3  million.    As  of  December 31, 2014,  net  unrealized  losses  on  available-for-sale  securities  and  net  losses  not 
accreted on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity was $13.1 million, which offset by deferred income taxes 
resulted in an overall reduction to equity capital of $7.7 million. 

At December 31, 2015, there were three issuers of securities where the book value of the Company’s holdings were greater than 10% of 
stockholders’  equity.    Issuers  of  Securities  with  an  aggregate  book  value  greater  than  10%  of  stockholders  equity  at 
December 31, 2015, were as follows; 

Issuer 
College Loan Corporation 
Nelnet Student Loan 
GCO Education Loan Funding Corp 

III. 

Loan Portfolio 

December 31, 2015 
Fair 
Value 

      Amortized       
Cost 
 73,293  
 23,359  
 37,508  

$ 

$ 

 70,254  
 23,291  
 35,263  

The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated: 

Types of Loans 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer 
Overdraft 
Lease Financing Receivables 
Other 

Gross loans 

Allowance for loan losses 

Loans, net 

  $ 

2015 
 131,102   $ 
 605,721  
 19,806  
 350,557  
 4,963  
 483  
 10,953  
 10,130  
   1,133,715  
 (16,223)  

2014 
 119,717 
 600,629 
 44,795 
 369,870 
 4,004 
 649 
 8,038 
 11,630 
    1,159,332 
 (21,637) 
  $  1,117,492   $  1,137,695 

 $ 

2013 
 95,211 
 560,233 
 29,351 
 389,931 
 3,040 
 628 
 10,069 
 12,793 
     1,101,256 
 (27,281) 
 $  1,073,975 

 $ 

2012 
 87,136 
 579,687 
 42,167 
 414,141 
 3,414 
 994 
 6,060 
 16,451 
    1,150,050 
 (38,597) 
 $  1,111,453 

 $ 

2011 
 98,241 
 704,415 
 70,919 
 477,196 
 4,172 
 457 
 2,087 
 11,498 
     1,368,985 

 (51,997)   

 $  1,316,988 

The above loan totals include deferred loan fees and costs. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
Maturity and Rate Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates 

The following table sets forth the remaining contractual maturities for certain loan categories at December 31, 2015: 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer 
Overdraft 
Lease financing receivables 
Other 
Total 

    One Year 

or Less 

  $ 

 45,692 
 33,246 
 6,056 
 22,933 
 714 
 483 
 73 
 2,576 
  $   111,773 

Over 1 Year 
Through 5 Years 

Fixed 
Rate 
 39,676 
 $ 
      392,302 
 9,107 
 66,450 
 3,374 
 - 
 7,208 
 416 
 $   518,533 

     Floating 

 $ 

Rate 
 30,387 
 42,731 
 637 
 52,591 
 764 
 - 
 - 
 6,249 
 $   133,359 

Over 5 Years 

 $ 

Fixed 
Rate 
 12,793 
 73,219 
 1,754 
 34,489 
 111 
 - 
 3,672 
 189 
 $   126,227 

     Floating 

Rate 

 $ 

 2,554 
 64,223 
 2,252 
      174,094 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 700 
 $   243,823 

Total 
 131,102 
 605,721 
 19,806 
 350,557 
 4,963 
 483 
 10,953 
 10,130 
 1,133,715 

 $ 

 $ 

The above loan total includes deferred loan fees and costs; column one includes demand notes. 

While  there  are  no  significant  concentrations  of  loans  where  the  customers’  ability  to  honor  loan  terms  is  dependent  upon  a  single 
economic  sector,  the  real  estate  related  categories  represented  86.1%  and  87.6%  of  the  portfolio  at  December 31, 2015  and  2014, 
respectively.  The Company had no concentration of loans exceeding 10% of total loans that were not otherwise disclosed as a category 
of loans at December 31, 2015. 

Risk Elements 

The following table sets forth the amounts of nonperforming assets at December 31 of the years indicated: 

Nonaccrual loans 
Nonperforming Troubled debt restructured loans accruing interest 
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest 

Total nonperforming loans 

Other real estate owned 

Total nonperforming assets 

2015 

2014 

2013 

  $ 

  $ 

 14,389   
 165   
 65   
 14,619   
 19,141   
 33,760   

$ 

$ 

 26,926   
 154   
 -   
 27,080   
 31,982   
 59,062   

$ 

$ 

 38,911   
 796   
 87   
 39,794   
 41,537   
 81,331   

$ 

$ 

2012 

 77,519   
 4,987   
 89   
 82,595   
 72,423   
 155,018   

$ 

$ 

2011 
 126,786   
 11,839   
 318   
 138,943   
 93,290   
 232,233   

Other real estate owned ("OREO") as % of nonperforming assets 

 56.7  % 

 54.1  % 

 51.1  % 

 46.7  % 

 40.2  % 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when principal or interest is ninety days or more past due, unless the loan is  well secured 
and in the process of collection.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected in the current 
period  is  reversed  against  current  period  interest  income.    Interest  income  of  approximately  $116,000,  $511,000  and  $333,000  was 
recorded and collected during 2015, 2014  and 2013, respectively, on loans  that subsequently  went to  nonaccrual status by  year-end.  
Interest income, which would have been recognized during 2015, 2014 and 2013, had these loans been on an accrual basis throughout 
the  year,  was  approximately  $815,000, $1.8 million and $3.0 million  respectively.   There  were approximately $4.4 million and $4.8 
million  in  restructured  residential  mortgage  loans  that  were  still  accruing  interest  based  upon  their  prior  performance  history  at 
December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.    Additionally,  the  nonaccrual  loans  above  include  $2.9  million  and  $5.1  million  in 
restructured loans for the period ending December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Potential Problem Loans 

The  Company  utilizes  an  internal  asset  classification  system  as  a  means  of  reporting  problem  and  potential  problem  assets.  At  the 
scheduled  board  of  directors  meetings  of  the  Bank,  loan  listings  are  presented,  which  show  significant  loan  relationships  listed  as 
“Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful.”  Loans classified as Substandard include those that have a well-defined weakness 
or  weaknesses  that  jeopardize  the  liquidation  of  the  debt.    They  are  characterized  by  the  distinct  possibility  that  the  institution  will 
sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent as those classified 
Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in  full, on the basis of currently existing 
facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Assets that do not currently expose us to sufficient risk to warrant 
classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, are deemed 
to be Special Mention. 

Management defines potential problem loans as performing loans rated Substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming 
loan.    These  potential  problem  loans  carry  a  higher  probability  of  default  and  require  additional  attention  by  management.    A  more 
detailed description of these loans can be found in Note 4 to the Financial Statements. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
        
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
IV. 

Summary of Loan Loss Experience 

Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses 

The  following  table  summarizes,  for  the  years  indicated,  activity  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  including  amounts  charged-off, 
amounts  of  recoveries,  additions  to  the  allowance  charged  to  operating  expense,  and  the  ratio  of  net  charge-offs  to  average  loans 
outstanding: 

Average total loans (exclusive of loans held-for-sale)  
Allowance at beginning of year 
Charge-offs: 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer and other loans 

Total charge-offs 

Recoveries: 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer and other loans 

Total recoveries 

Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses 
Allowance at end of year 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $ 

 1,144,618   
 21,637   

$ 

 1,124,335   
 27,281   

$ 

 1,102,197   
 38,597   

$ 

 1,263,172   
 51,997   

$ 

 1,527,311   
 76,308   

 993   
 1,653   
 2   
 1,639   
 483   
 4,770   

 451   
 1,595   
 276   
 1,075   
 359   
 3,756   
 1,014   
 (4,400)  
 16,223   

$ 

 578   
 1,972   
 174   
 3,393   
 526   
 6,643   

 58   
 1,346   
 633   
 1,842   
 420   
 4,299   
 2,344   
 (3,300)  
 21,637   

$ 

 316   
 2,985   
 1,014   
 6,293   
 597   
 11,205   

 119   
 5,325   
 1,266   
 1,221   
 508   
 8,439   
 2,766   
 (8,550)  
 27,281   

$ 

 344   
 13,508   
 4,969   
 8,406   
 638   
 27,865   

 115   
 3,576   
 3,420   
 583   
 487   
 8,181   
 19,684   
 6,284   
 38,597   

$ 

 366   
 19,576   
 10,430   
 10,229   
 568   
 41,169   

 173   
 3,947   
 1,262   
 1,807   
 782   
 7,971   
 33,198   
 8,887   
 51,997   

  $ 

Net charge-offs to average loans 
Allowance at year-end to average loans 

 0.09  % 
 1.42  % 

 0.21  % 
 1.92  % 

 0.25  % 
 2.48  % 

 1.56  % 
 3.06  % 

 2.17  % 
 3.40  % 

The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio and its evaluation of the adequacy 
of the allowance for loan losses.  Factors which influence management’s judgment in estimating loan losses are the composition of the 
portfolio,  past  loss  experience,  loan  delinquencies,  nonperforming  loans  and  other  credit  risk  considerations  that,  in  management’s 
judgment, deserve evaluation in estimating loan losses.  The Company has consistently followed GAAP and regulatory guidance in all 
calculation methodologies with no significant criticism of those methodologies from outside third party evaluations. 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

The following table shows the Company’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by types of loans and the amount of unallocated 
allowance at December 31 of the years indicated: 

2015 
   Loan Type     
to Total   

2014 
    Loan Type     
to Total   

2013 
     Loan Type     
to Total   

2012 
    Loan Type     
to Total   

2011 
    Loan Type     
to Total   

   Amount     Loans 

 Amount     Loans 

 Amount     Loans 

 Amount     Loans 

 Amount     Loans 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial  
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential  
Consumer 
Unallocated 
Total  

  $ 

 2,096    
 9,013    
 265    
 1,694    
 1,190    
 1,965    
  $  16,223    

 12.5  %   $   1,644    
 53.4  %       12,577    
 1,475    
 1.7  %     
 1,981    
 31.0  %     
 1,454    
 0.4  %     
 2,506    
 1.0  %     
 100.0  %   $  21,637    

 11.0  %   $   2,250    
 51.8  %       16,763    
 1,980    
 3.9  %     
 2,837    
 31.9  %     
 1,439    
 0.3  %     
 2,012    
 1.1  %     
 100.0  %   $  27,281    

 9.5  %   $   4,517    
 50.9  %       20,100    
 3,837    
 2.7  %     
 4,535    
 35.4  %     
 1,178    
 0.3  %     
 4,430    
 1.2  %     
 100.0  %   $  38,597    

 7.7  %   $   5,070    
 50.4  %       30,770    
 7,937    
 3.7  %     
 6,335    
 36.0  %     
 884    
 0.3  %     
 1,001    
 1.9  %     
 100.0  %   $  51,997    

 7.3  %   
 51.5  %   
 5.2  %   
 34.9  %   
 0.3  %   
 0.8  %   
 100.0  %   

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for loan losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by both 
loan loss reserve releases ($4.4 million loan loss reserve release in 2015, $3.3 million loan loss reserve release in 2014 and $8.6 million 
loan loss reserve release in 2013) and charge-offs less recoveries.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the 
entire  allowance  is  available  for  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio.    In  addition,  the  OCC,  as  part  of  their  examination  process, 
periodically reviews the allowance for loan losses.  Regulators can require management to record adjustments to the allowance level 
based upon their assessment of the information available to them at the time of examination.  The OCC, in conjunction with the other 
federal banking agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan losses.  The policy statement provides 
guidance  for  financial  institutions  on  both  the  responsibilities  of  management  for  the  assessment  and  establishment  of  adequate 
allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines.  Generally, 
the policy statement recommends that (1) institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality 
problems; (2) management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and 
(3) management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement and 
that  the  Company  is  in  full  compliance  with  the  policy  statement.  Management  believes  it  has  established  an  adequate  estimated 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
allowance for probable loan losses.  Management reviews its process quarterly as evidenced by an extensive and detailed loan review 
process,  makes  changes  as  needed,  and  reports  those  results  at  meetings  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  Audit  Committee.  
Although management believes the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  the  allowance  will  prove  sufficient  to  cover  actual  loan  losses  or that  regulators,  in  reviewing  the  loan 
portfolio, would not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses at the time of their examination. 

V. 

Deposits 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31 of the years indicated: 

3 months or less 
Over 3 months through 6 months 
Over 6 months through 12 months 
Over 12 months 

2015 
 30,085  
 10,464  
 29,295  
    102,669  
 172,513  

  $ 

  $ 

2014 
 30,580 
 19,353 
 38,877 
 79,587 
 168,397 

$ 

$ 

YTD Average Balances and Interest Rates 

2015 

2014 

2013 

         Average            
Balance 

    Rate    

            Average            
Balance 

    Rate    

      Average            
Balance 

    Rate    

Noninterest bearing demand 
Interest bearing: 

NOW and money market 
Savings 
Time 

Total deposits 

  $ 

 429,403 

 - %  $ 

 388,295 

 - %  $ 

 362,871    

 - % 

 638,197 
 249,570 
 410,691 
 1,727,861 

 0.09  
 0.06  
 0.78  

 619,807 
 238,326 
 446,133 
 1,692,561 

$ 

  $ 

 0.09  
 0.07  
 1.01  

 609,341    
 226,404    
 493,855    

 0.11  
 0.07  
 1.37  

$ 

 1,692,471 

VI. 

Return on Equity and Assets 

The following table presents selected financial ratios as of December 31 for the years indicated: 

Return on average total assets 
Return on average equity 
Average equity to average assets 
Dividend payout ratio 

VII. 

Short-Term Borrowings 

       2015          2014          2013      
 0.50 % 
 4.18 % 
 5.57 %   90.09 % 
 4.64 % 
 8.94 % 
 -  
 -  

 0.74 %   
 8.87 %   
 8.39 %   
 -  

There were no categories of short-term borrowings having an average balance greater than 30% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity 
as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Item 1.A.  Risk Factors 

RISK FACTORS 

The  material  risks  that  management  believes  affect  the  Company  are  described  below.  Before  making  an  investment  decision  with 
respect  to  any  of  the  Company’s  securities,  you  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  as  described  below,  together  with  all  of  the 
information included herein. The risks described below are not the only risks the Company faces. Additional risks not presently known 
also may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.  The risks discussed below also 
include  forward-looking  statements,  and  actual  results  may  differ  substantially  from  those  discussed  or  implied  in  these  forward-
looking statements. 

Risks Relating to the Company’s Business 

A  return  of  recessionary  conditions  could  result  in  increases  in  the  Company’s  level  of  nonperforming  loans  and/or  reduced 
demand for the Company’s products and services, which could lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings. 

A return of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit  markets  may significantly 
affect the  markets in which the Company does business, the value of its loans and investments and its ongoing operations, costs and 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
profitability.  Declines in real estate values and sales volumes and increased unemployment or underemployment levels may result in 
higher  than  expected  loan  delinquencies,  increases  in  the  Company’s  levels  of  nonperforming  and  classified  assets  and  a  decline  in 
demand  for  its  products  and  services.    These  negative  events  may  cause  the  Company  to  incur  losses  and  may  adversely  affect  its 
capital, liquidity and financial condition. 

The size of the Company’s loan portfolio has not grown in recent years, and, if the Company is unable to return to loan growth, 
its profitability may be adversely affected. 

Since  December 31,  2010,  the  Company’s  gross  loans  held  for  investment  have  declined  from  $1.69  billion  to  $1.13  billion  at 
December 31, 2015.  During some years in this period, the Company was managing its balance sheet composition to manage its capital 
levels and position the Bank to meet and exceed its targeted capital levels. The Company’s ability to increase profitability  will depend 
on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  its  ability  to  originate  attractive  new  lending  relationships.  While  the  Company  believes  it  has  the 
management  resources  and  lending  staff  in  place  to  continue  the  successful  implementation  of  its  strategic  plan,  if  the  Company  is 
unable to increase the size of its loan portfolio, its strategic plan may not be successful and its profitability may be adversely affected.  

The Company has incurred net losses in the past and cannot ensure that the Company will not incur further net losses in the 
future. 

Although the Company reported net income of $15.4 million in 2015, $10.1 million in 2014 and $82.1 million in 2013, the Company 
has incurred losses in the past, including a net loss of $72,000 in 2012 and $6.5 million in 2011. Despite a general improvement in the 
overall economy and the real estate  market, the economic  environment remains challenging,  particularly in our  market area,  and the 
Company cannot ensure it will not incur future losses. Any future losses may affect its ability to meet its expenses or raise additional 
capital and may delay the time in which the Company can resume dividend payments on its common stock.  In addition, future losses 
may  cause  the  Company  to  re-establish  a  valuation  allowance  against  its  deferred  tax  assets.    Furthermore,  any  future  losses  would 
likely  cause  a  decline  in  its  holding  company  regulatory  capital  ratios,  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  its  financial 
condition, liquidity and results of operations. 

Nonperforming  assets  take  significant  time  to  resolve,  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition and could result in further losses in the future. 

At December 31, 2015, the Company’s nonperforming loans (which consist of nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more, 
still accruing interest and restructured loans still accruing interest) and its nonperforming assets (which include nonperforming loans 
plus OREO) are reflected in the table below (in millions): 

Nonperforming loans 
OREO 
Nonperforming assets 

     12/31/2015      12/31/2014      % Change   
  $ 

 14.6   $ 
 19.1  
 33.8   $ 

 27.1   
 32.0   
 59.1   

 (46.0)  
 (40.2)  
 (42.8)  

  $ 

The  Company’s  nonperforming  assets  adversely  affect  its  net  income  in  various  ways.   For  example,  the  Company  does  not  accrue 
interest income on nonaccrual loans and OREO may have expenses in excess of lease revenues collected, thereby adversely affecting 
the Company’s net income, return on assets and return on equity.  The Company’s loan administration costs also increase because of its 
nonperforming assets.  The resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant time commitments from management, which can be 
detrimental  to  the  performance  of  their  other  responsibilities.   While  the  Company  has  made  significant  progress  in  reducing  its 
nonperforming  assets,  there  is  no  assurance  that  it  will  not  experience  increases  in  nonperforming  assets  in  the  future,  or  that  its 
nonperforming assets will not result in further losses in the future. 

The  Company’s  loan  portfolio  is  concentrated  heavily  in  commercial  and  residential  real  estate  loans,  including  exposure  to 
construction loans, which involve risks  specific to real estate values and the real estate  markets in general,  all  of which have 
experienced significant weakness. 

The Company’s loan portfolio generally reflects the profile of the communities in which the Company operates.  Because the Company 
operates in areas that saw rapid historical growth, real estate lending of all types is a significant portion of its loan portfolio.  Total real 
estate lending, excluding deferred fees, remains at $976.5 million, or approximately 86.1% of the Company’s December 31, 2015 loan 
portfolio  compared  to  $1.02  billion  or  approximately  87.6%  at  December 31, 2014.    Given  that  the  primary  (if  not  only)  source  of 
collateral on these loans is real estate, additional adverse developments affecting real estate values in the Company’s market area could 
increase the credit risk associated with the Company’s real estate loan portfolio. 

The effects of ongoing real estate challenges, combined with the ongoing correction in commercial and residential real estate market 
prices  and  reduced  levels  of  home  sales,  have  adversely  affected  the  Company’s  real  estate  loan  portfolio  and  have  the  potential  to 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
further adversely affect such portfolio in several ways, each of which could further adversely impact its financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Real estate  market volatility  and future changes  in disposition strategies could result  in net  proceeds that differ significantly 
from fair value appraisals of loan collateral and OREO and could negatively impact the Company’s operating performance. 

Many  of  the  Company’s  nonperforming  real  estate  loans  are  collateral-dependent,  meaning  the  repayment  of  the  loan  is  largely 
dependent upon the successful operation of the property securing the loan. For collateral-dependent loans, the Company estimates the 
value of the loan based on appraised value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell.   The Company’s OREO portfolio essentially 
consists  of  properties  acquired  through  foreclosure  or  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  in  partial  or  total  satisfaction  of  certain  loans  as  a 
result of borrower defaults.  Some property in OREO reflects property formerly utilized as a bank premise or land that was acquired 
with the expectation that a bank premise would be established at the location. 

OREO is recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans for which property served as collateral or estimated fair value, 
less estimated selling costs.  In determining the value of OREO properties and loan collateral, an orderly disposition of the property is 
generally assumed.  Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of property, and the period of time within which such 
estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses may be insufficient to absorb potential losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level the Company believes adequate to absorb estimated losses inherent in 
its existing loan portfolio.  The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific 
credit  risks;  credit  loss  experience;  current  loan  portfolio  quality;  present  economic,  political,  and  regulatory  conditions;  and 
unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. 

Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective since it requires significant estimates and management judgment of credit risks 
and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes.  For example, the final allowance for December 31, 2015, December 31, 
2014,  and  December 31,  2013,  included  an  amount  reserved  for  other  not  specifically  identified  risk  factors.    New  information 
regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem  loans,  and  other  factors,  both  within  and  outside  of  the  Company’s 
control,  may  require  an  increase  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  In  addition,  bank  regulatory  agencies  periodically  review  the 
Company’s allowance and  may require an increase in the  provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge-offs, 
based on judgments different from those of management.  Finally, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, 
the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance.  Any increases in the allowance will result in a decrease in net 
income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

While the Company had loan loss reserve releases in 2013, 2014 and 2015, its provision for loan losses was elevated in several 
prior years and the Bank may be required to make increases in the provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans 
in the future. 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a loan loss reserve release of $4.4 million, $3.3 million 
and  $8.6 million, respectively.   While levels of  net  loan charge  – offs,  nonperforming assets and classified assets  have all improved 
over that period, events in the Company’s markets or in the national economy could impact those key metrics.  If the economy and/or 
the  real  estate  market  do  not  continue  to  improve,  more  of  the  Company’s  classified  assets  may  become  nonperforming  and  the 
Company  may  be  required  to  take  additional  provisions  to  increase  its  allowance  for  loan  losses  for  these  assets  as  the  value  of  the 
collateral may be insufficient to pay any remaining net loan balance, which could have a negative effect on  the Company’s results of 
operations.  The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in its portfolio that may not be repaid in their 
entirety.  The Company believes that its allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent 
in  its  loan  portfolio  as  of  the  corresponding  balance  sheet  date.    However,  the  Company’s  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  not  be 
sufficient to cover actual loan losses and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect its operating results. 

The Company’s business is concentrated in and dependent upon the welfare of several counties in Illinois specifically and the 
State of Illinois generally. 

The Company’s primary market area is Aurora, Illinois, and surrounding communities as well as Cook County.  The city of Aurora is 
located  in  northeastern  Illinois,  approximately  40  miles  west  of  Chicago.   The  Bank  operates  primarily  in  Kane,  Kendall,  DeKalb, 
DuPage, LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois, and, as a result, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows are subject to changes and fluctuations in the economic conditions in those areas.   

The communities that the Company serves grew rapidly during the early 21st century, and despite the economic downturn that hit the 
Company’s markets, the Company intends to continue concentrating its business efforts in these communities.  The Company’s future 
success is largely dependent upon the overall economic health of these communities and the ability of the communities to continue to 
rebound from the  difficulties  that began in 2007.  While the economies in our  market  have stabilized, difficult economic conditions 
remain,  and  the  State  of  Illinois’  continues  to  experience  severe  budget  shortfalls  with  elected  representatives  unable  to  reach  an 
21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreement  on  a  state  budget.    Payment  lapses  by  the  State  of  Illinois  to  its  vendors  and  government  sponsored  entities  may  have 
negative effects on our primary  market area.  To the extent that these issues, or any  future state tax increases, impact the  economic 
vitality of the  businesses operating in Illinois, encourage  businesses to leave the state or discourage new employers to start or move 
businesses to Illinois, they could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  

If the overall economic conditions do not continue  to improve or decline further, particularly  within  the  Company’s  primary  market 
areas, the Company could experience a lack of demand for its products and services, an increase in loan delinquencies and defaults and 
high or increased levels of problem assets and foreclosures with little prospect of state governmental issue resolution or assistance, even 
contractual assistance.  Moreover, because of the Company’s geographic concentration, it is less able than other regional or national 
financial institutions to diversify its credit risks across multiple markets. 

Credit  downgrades,  partial  charge-offs  and  specific  reserves  could  develop  in  selected  exposures  with  resulting  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial condition if the State of Illinois encounters more severe financial difficulties.  Management continues to closely 
monitor the impact of developments on our markets and customers. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and market area and may face severe competitive disadvantages.  

The Company  faces  substantial competition in all areas of  its operations  from a  variety  of different competitors,  many of  which are 
larger  and  have  more  financial  resources.    The  Company’s  competitors  primarily  include  national  and  regional  banks  as  well  as 
community banks within the markets the  Company serves.   Recently, local competitors have expanded their presence in the western 
suburbs of Chicago, including the communities that surround Aurora, Illinois, and these competitors may be better positioned than the 
Company to compete for loans, acquisitions and personnel.  The Company also faces competition from savings and loan associations, 
credit  unions,  personal  loan  and  finance  companies,  retail  and  discount  stockbrokers,  investment  advisors,  mutual  funds,  insurance 
companies,  and  other  financial  intermediaries.    The  financial  services  industry  could  become  even  more  competitive  as  a  result  of 
legislative  and  regulatory  changes.    Banks,  securities  firms,  and  insurance  companies  can  merge  under  the  umbrella  of  a  financial 
holding company, which can offer a wide spectrum of financial services to many customer segments.  Many large scale competitors can 
leverage economies of scale and be able to offer better pricing for products and services compared to what the Company can offer. 

The  Company’s  ability  to  compete  successfully  depends  on  developing  and  maintaining  long-term  customer  relationships,  offering 
community  banking  services  with  features  and  pricing  in  line  with  customer  interests  and  expectations,  consistently  achieving 
outstanding levels of customer service and adapting to many and frequent changes in banking as well as local or regional economies.  
Failure  to  excel  in  these  areas  could  significantly  weaken  the  Company’s  competitive  position,  which  could  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s growth and profitability. These weaknesses could have a significant negative impact on the Company’s business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

The Company is a community bank and  its ability to maintain its reputation is critical to the success of its  business and the 
failure to do so may materially adversely affect its performance. 

The Company is a community bank, and its reputation is one of the most valuable components of its business. As such, the Company 
strives  to  conduct  its  business  in  a  manner  that  enhances  its  reputation.  This  is  done,  in  part,  by  recruiting,  hiring  and  retaining 
employees who share the Company’s core values: being an integral part of the communities the Company serves; delivering superior 
service  to  the  Company’s  customers;  and  caring  about  the  Company’s  customers  and  associates.  If  the  Company’s  reputation  is 
negatively affected, by the actions of its employees or otherwise, its business and operating results may be adversely affected. 

The Company is subject to interest rate risk, and a change in interest rates could have a negative effect on its net income. 

The  Company’s  earnings  and  cash  flows  are  largely  dependent  upon  the  Company’s  net  interest  income.  Interest  rates  are  highly 
sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions, the Company’s competition 
and  policies  of  various  governmental  and  regulatory  agencies,  particularly  the  Federal  Reserve.  Changes  in  monetary  policy  could 
influence Company earnings.  Such changes could also affect the Company’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits as well as 
the  average  duration  of  the  Company’s  securities  portfolio.  If  the  interest  rates  paid  on  deposits  and  other  borrowings  increase  at  a 
faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, 
could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall 
more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. 

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of 
changes in interest rates on the Company’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the Company fails to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, its 
financial  condition,  liquidity  and  results  of  operations,  as  well  as  its  ability  to  maintain  regulatory  compliance,  would  be 
adversely affected. 

The  Company  and  the  Bank  must  meet  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  maintain  sufficient  liquidity.    Bank  capital  is 
impacted  by  dividends  paid  by  the  Bank  to  the  Company.    The  Company  also  faces  significant  capital  and  other  regulatory 
requirements  as  a  financial  institution.   The  Company’s  ability  to  raise  additional  capital,  when  and  if  needed,  will  depend  on 
conditions in the economy and capital markets, and a number of other factors – including investor perceptions regarding the Company, 
banking industry and market condition, and governmental activities  – many of  which are outside the Company’s control, and on the 
Company’s  financial  condition  and  performance.    If  the  Company  fails  to  meet  these  capital  and  other  regulatory  requirements,  its 
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

The Company could experience an unexpected inability to obtain needed liquidity. 

Liquidity measures the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution 
reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits, and to take advantage of interest rate  market 
opportunities  and  is  essential  to  a  financial  institution’s  business.  The  ability  of  a  financial  institution  to  meet  its  current  financial 
obligations is a function of its balance sheet structure, its ability to liquidate assets and its access to alternative sources of funds.  The 
Company  seeks  to  ensure  that  its  funding  needs  are  met  by  maintaining  an  appropriate  level  of  liquidity  through  asset  and  liability 
management.  In 2015, the Bank also secured liquidity under the advance program provided under terms offered by the Federal Home 
Loan Bank of Chicago.  If the Company or the Bank becomes unable to obtain funds when needed, it could have a material adverse 
effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Loss of customer deposits due to increased competition could increase the Company’s funding costs. 

The Company relies on bank deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding.  All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial 
institutions to pay interest on business demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act, and, as a result, some 
financial institutions offer demand deposits to compete for customers.  The Company competes with banks and other financial services 
companies for deposits. If the Company’s competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits in response to interest rate changes initiated 
by the Federal Reserve Bank Open Market Committee or for other reasons of their choice, the Company’s funding costs may increase, 
either  because  the  Company  raises  its  rates  to  avoid  losing  deposits  or  because  the  Company  loses  deposits  and  must  rely  on  more 
expensive sources of funding.  Higher funding costs could reduce the Company’s net interest margin and net interest income and could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company’s estimate of fair values for its investments may not be realizable if it were to sell these securities today. 

The  Company’s  available-for-sale  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value.    The  Company’s  held-to-maturity  securities  are  carried  at 
amortized cost. 

The determination of fair value for securities categorized in Level 3 involves significant judgment due to the complexity of the factors 
contributing  to  the  valuation,  many  of  which  are  not  readily  observable  in  the  market.    Recent  market  disruptions  and  the  resulting 
fluctuations in fair value have made the valuation process even more difficult and subjective.   If the valuations are incorrect, it could 
harm the Company’s financial results and financial condition.  

The Company may be materially and adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which the Company operates. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  extensive  federal  and  state  regulation,  supervision  and  examination.    Banking  regulations  are  primarily 
intended  to  protect  depositors’  funds,  FDIC  funds,  customers  and  the  banking  system  as  a  whole,  rather  than  the  Company’s 
stockholders.  These regulations  affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and 
growth, among other things. 

As  a  bank  holding  company,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision,  and  undergo  periodic 
examinations  by  its  regulators,  who  have  extensive  discretion  and  authority  to  prevent  or  remedy  unsafe  or  unsound  practices  or 
violations of law by banks and bank holding companies.  Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or policies could result in 
sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil monetary penalties, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation, which could have a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company.    Although  the  Company  has  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  any  such 
violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. 

A  more  detailed  description  of  the  primary  federal  and  state  banking  laws  and  regulations  that  affect  the  Company  and  the  Bank  is 
included  in  this  Form 10-K  under  the  section  captioned  “Supervision  and  Regulation”  in  Item 1.    These  laws,  regulations,  rules, 
standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.  For example, on July 21, 2010, 
the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, which significantly changed the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services 
industry.  The Dodd-Frank Act, together with the regulations to be developed thereunder, includes provisions affecting large and small 
23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial  institutions  alike,  including  several  provisions  that  affect  how  community  banks,  thrifts  and  small  bank  and  thrift  holding 
companies  will  be  regulated.    In  addition,  the  Federal  Reserve,  in  recent  years,  has  adopted  numerous  new  regulations  addressing 
banks’  overdraft  and  mortgage  lending  practices.    Further,  the  CFPB  was  established,  with  broad  powers  to  supervise  and  enforce 
consumer protection laws, and additional consumer protection legislation and regulatory activity is anticipated in the future.  Any rules 
or  regulations  promulgated  by  the  CFPB  may  increase  our  compliance  costs  and  could  limit  our  revenue  from  certain  consumer 
products and services.  

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  could  become  subject  to  claims  and  litigation  pertaining  to  the  Company’s  or  the  Bank’s 
fiduciary responsibility. 

Customers  make claims and  on occasion take legal action pertaining to the  Company’s performance of its fiduciary  responsibilities.  
Whether  customer  claims  and  legal  action  related  to  the  Company’s  performance  of  its  fiduciary  responsibilities  are  founded  or 
unfounded,  if  such  claims  and  legal  action  are  not  resolved  in  a  manner  favorable  to  the  Company,  they  may  result  in  significant 
financial  liability  and/or  adversely  affect  the  market  perception  of  the  Company  and  its  products  and  services  as  well  as  impact 
customer demand for those products and services.  Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and results of operations. 

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers. 

The  Company’s  business  is  primarily  relationship-driven  in  that  many  of  its  key  employees  have  extensive  customer  or  asset 
management relationships.  Loss of key employees with such relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to 
follow  that  employee  to  a  competitor  or  if  asset  management  expertise  was  not  timely  replaced.    While  the  Company  believes  its 
relationships with its key personnel are strong, it cannot guarantee that all of its key personnel will remain with the organization.  Loss 
of such key personnel could have a negative impact on the company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security and cyber-attacks, all if which could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

The  Company  relies  heavily  on  internal  and  outsourced  technologies,  communications,  and  information  systems  to  conduct  its 
business.   Additionally,  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  collects,  processes  and  retains  sensitive  and  confidential 
information  regarding  our  customers.  As  the  Company’s  reliance  on  technology  has  increased,  so  have  the  potential  risks  of  a 
technology-related  operation  interruption  (such  as  disruptions  in  the  Company’s  customer  relationship  management,  general  ledger, 
deposit, loan, or other systems) or the occurrence of a  cyber-attack (such as unauthorized access to the  Company’s systems).  These 
risks have increased  for all financial institutions as  new technologies emerge,  including  the  use of the Internet and  the expansion of 
telecommunications  technologies  (including  mobile  devices)  to  conduct  financial  and  other  business  transactions,  as  well  as  the 
increased  sophistication  and  activities  of  organized  crime,  perpetrators  of  fraud,  hackers,  terrorists  and  others  have  combined  to 
increase overall risk.  

In addition  to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the  theft of sensitive and confidential  information,  hackers recently 
have  engaged  in  attacks  against  large  financial  institutions,  particularly  denial  of  service  attacks,  that  are  designed  to  disrupt  key 
business  services,  such  as  customer-facing  web  sites.  The  Company  operates  in  an  industry  where  otherwise  effective  preventive 
measures against  security breaches  become  vulnerable as breach strategies  change  frequently and cyber-attacks can originate from a 
wide  variety  of  sources.    It  is  possible  that  a  cyber  incident,  such  as  a  security  breach,  may  be  undetected  for  a  period  of  time.  
However, applying guidance from FFIEC, the Company has identified security risks and employs risk mitigation controls.  Following a 
layered security approach,  the Company  has analyzed and will continue to analyze security related to device  specific considerations, 
user access topics, transaction-processing and network integrity.  The Company expects that it will spend additional time and will incur 
additional cost going forward to modify and enhance protective measures.  Further effort and spending will be required to investigate 
and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.   

The  Company  also  faces  risks  related  to  cyber-attacks  and  other  security  breaches  in  connection  with  credit  card  and  debit  card 
transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding the Company’s customers through various third 
parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks and its processors. Some of these parties have 
in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments 
such as the point of sale that the Company does not directly control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of 
these  third parties could impact the  Company and in  some  cases  the  Company  may  have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or 
attacks.  Despite third-party security risks that are beyond our control, the Company offers its customers protection against fraud and 
attendant losses for unauthorized use of debit cards in order to stay competitive in the market place.  Offering such protection exposes 
the Company to potential losses which, in the event of a data breach at one or more retailers of considerable magnitude, may adversely 
affect its business, financial condition, and results of operation. Further cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting 
the  Company  or  others,  could  intensify  consumer  concern  and  regulatory  focus  and  result  in  reduced  use  of  payment  cards  and 
increased costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.  To the extent we are involved  in any 
future  cyber-attacks  or  other  breaches,  the  Company’s  reputation  could  be  affected  with  a  potentially  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.  

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is dependent upon outside third parties for the processing and handling of Company records and data. 

The  Company  relies  on  software  developed  by  third  party  vendors  to  process  various  Company  transactions.    In  some  cases,  the 
Company has contracted with third parties to run their proprietary software on behalf of the Company at a location under the control of 
the  third  party.    These  systems  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  payroll,  wealth  management  record  keeping,  and  securities  portfolio 
management.    While  the  Company  performs  a  review  of  controls  instituted  by  the  vendor  over  these  programs  in  accordance  with 
industry  standards  and  institutes  its  own  user  controls,  the  Company  must  rely  on  the  continued  maintenance  of  the  performance 
controls by the outside party, including safeguards over the security of customer data.  In addition, the Company creates backup copies 
of key processing output daily in the event of a  failure on the part of any of these systems.  Nonetheless, the Company may incur a 
temporary disruption in its ability to conduct its business or process its transactions, or incur damage to  its reputation if the third party 
vendor fails to adequately maintain internal controls or institute necessary changes to systems.  Such disruption or breach of security 
may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in a variety of litigation and other actions. 

Currently, there are certain other legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.  
While  the  outcome  of  any  legal  proceeding  is  inherently  uncertain,  based  on  information  currently  available,  the  Company’s 
management believes that any liabilities arising from pending legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the Bank or on 
the consolidated financial statements of the Company.  However, if actual results differ from management’s expectations, it could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock 

The Company has not established a minimum dividend payment level, and it cannot ensure its ability to pay dividends in the 
future. 

For several years prior to January 2014, the Company was under a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve which included among 
other  things  restrictions  on  the  Company’s  payment  of  dividends  on  its  common  stock.   Although  the  Written  Agreement  was 
terminated in January 2014, the Company has not yet paid dividends or its common stock and has not determined when it will be in a 
position to resume paying dividends or at what level it will be able to pay. 

Despite the  termination of the Written Agreement,  the  Company  is still subject to various restrictions on its ability to pay  dividends 
imposed  by  the  Federal  Reserve.    The  Company  is  also  subject  to  the  limitations  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the 
“DGCL”).  The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the 
provisions  of  the  DGCL)  or,  if  the  Company  has  no  such  surplus,  out  of  its  net  profits  for  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  dividend  is 
declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. 

Holders of the Company’s common  stock are also only entitled to receive  such dividends as the  Company’s board of  directors  may 
declare out of funds legally available for such payments.   

The holders of the Company’s debt have rights that are senior to those of its stockholders. 

The Company currently has a $45.5 million credit facility with a correspondent lender, which includes $45.0 million of subordinated 
debt and $500,000 in term debt.  As of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2015, the $45.0 million in principal of subordinated debt 
and the $500,000 in principal of term debt  were outstanding.  The term debt and subordinated debt mature on March 31, 2018.  The 
term debt portion of the senior debt is secured by all of the capital stock of the Bank.   

The rights of the holders of the Company’s senior debt, subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures are senior to the shares of 
its common stock and preferred stock.  As a result, the Company must make payments on its senior debt, subordinated debt and junior 
subordinated debentures (and the related Trust Preferred Securities) before any dividends can be paid on its common stock or preferred 
stock and, in the event of its bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the Company’s senior debt, subordinated debt and 
junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to its common stockholders. 

The trading volumes in the Company’s common stock may not provide adequate liquidity for investors. 

Shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; however, the average daily trading volume in 
its  common  stock  is  less  than  that  of  most  larger  financial  services  companies.  A  public  trading  market  having  the  desired 
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of a sufficient number of willing buyers 
and  sellers  of  the  common  stock  at  any  given  time.  This  presence  depends  on  the  individual  decisions  of  investors  and  general 
economic  and  market  conditions  over  which  the  Company  has  no  control.    Given  the  current  daily  average  trading  volume  of  the 
Company’s common stock, significant sales of the Company’s common stock in a brief period of time, or the expectation of these sales, 
could cause a significant decline in the price of the Company’s stock. 
25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The trading price of the Company’s common stock may be subject to continued significant fluctuations and volatility. 

The market price of the Company’s common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to, among other things: 

 

 
 

 

 

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in its operating and financial results, particularly if such results vary from 
the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors, including with respect to further loan losses the 
Company may incur; 
announcements regarding significant transactions in which the Company may engage; 

 
  market assessments regarding such transactions; 
 
 
 

changes or perceived changes in its operations or business prospects; 
legislative or regulatory changes affecting its industry generally or its businesses and operations; 
the failure of general market and economic conditions to stabilize and recover, particularly with respect to economic 
conditions in Illinois, and the pace of any such stabilization and recovery; 
the operating and share price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to the Company; 
future offerings by the Company of debt, preferred stock or trust preferred securities, each of which would be senior 
to its common stock upon liquidation and for purposes of dividend distributions; 
actions of its current shareholders, including future sales of common stock by existing shareholders and its directors 
and executive officers; and 
other changes in U.S. or global financial markets, economies and market conditions, such as interest or foreign 
exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit or asset valuations or volatility. 

Stock  markets  in  general,  and  the  Company’s  common  stock  in  particular,  have  experienced  significant  volatility  since  2007  and 
continue  to  experience  significant  price  and  volume  volatility.  As  a  result,  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  may 
continue to be subject to similar market fluctuations that may or may not be related to its operating performance or prospects. Increased 
volatility could result in a decline in the market price of the Company’s common stock. 

Certain banking laws and the Company’s Rights Plan may have an anti-takeover effect. 

Certain federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the 
Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s shareholders. In addition, the Company’s Amended 
and Restated Rights Plan and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the “Rights Plan”) is intended to discourage any person from acquiring 
5%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  stock  (with  certain  limited  exceptions).  The  Company  amended  the  Rights  Plan  in 
connection with the public offering of 15,525,000 shares of its common stock, which closed on April 3, 2014, to allow two investors in 
the offering to acquire more than 5% of the Company’s common stock.  The Company cannot guarantee that  it will allow any other 
holders of its common stock to acquire shares in access of the limits set forth in the Rights Plan.  The combination of these provisions 
may  inhibit  a  non-negotiated  merger  or  other  business  combination,  which,  in  turn,  could  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  the 
Company’s common stock. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

Item 2. Properties 

The principal business office of the Company is located at 37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois. We conduct our business at 24 retail 
banking center locations in various communities throughout the greater western and southern Chicago metropolitan area. .  We own 23 
locations and lease the other location.  The Company’s leased location is under lease through March 2018.  We believe that all of our 
properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs. 
The total net book value of our premises and equipment (including land and land improvements, buildings, furniture and equipment, 
and buildings and leasehold improvements) at December 31, 2015, was $39.6 million. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

The Company and its subsidiaries have, from time to time, collection suits and other actions that arise in the ordinary course of business 
against its borrowers and are defendants in legal actions arising from normal business activities.   Management, after consultation with 
legal counsel,  believes that the ultimate  liabilities, if any, resulting  from these actions  will not  have a  material adverse  effect on the 
financial position of the Bank or on the consolidated financial position of the Company. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market for the Company’s Common Stock 
The Company’s common stock trades on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OSBC”.  As of December 31, 2015, the 
Company had 938 stockholders of record of its common stock.  The following table sets forth the range of prices during each quarter 
for 2015 and 2014. 

First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2015 

2014 

         High              Low          Dividend           High              Low          Dividend    

$ 

 5.85  
 6.96  
 6.79  
 8.14  

$ 

 5.06  
 5.42  
 5.93  
 5.98  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

 5.27  
 5.02  
 5.25  
 5.45  

$ 

 4.33  
 4.53  
 4.60  
 4.47  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

The  Company  incorporates  by  reference  the  information  contained  Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Capital”. 

The Company also incorporates by  reference the information contained under the  “Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements Note 
15: Regulatory & Capital Matters”. 

The Company did not pay any dividends in 2015 or 2014 as set forth in the table above.  The Company’s shareholders are entitled to 
receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.  The Company’s  ability to 
pay  dividends  to  shareholders  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  dividends  it  receives  from  the  Bank;  however,  certain  regulatory 
restrictions and the terms of its debt and equity securities, limit the amount of cash dividends it may pay. 

Form 10-K and Other Information 

Transfer Agent/Stockholder Services 

Inquiries related to stockholders records, stock transfers, changes of ownership, change of address and dividend payments should be 
sent to the transfer agent at the following address: 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 
c/o Shirley Cantrell, 
Executive Administrative Department 
37 River Street 
Aurora, Illinois 60506-4172 
(630) 906-2303 
scantrell@oldsecond.com 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholder Return Performance Graph.  The following graph indicates, for the period commencing December 31, 2010 and ending 
December 31, 2015, a comparison of cumulative total returns for the Company, the Nasdaq Bank Index and the S&P 500.  The information 
assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price at December 31, 2010 in the common stock of the Company and each index and that 
all dividends were reinvested. 

Index 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 
NASDAQ Bank 
S&P 500 

Period Ending 
     12/31/2010       12/31/2011       12/31/2012       12/31/2013       12/31/2014       12/31/2015    

 100.00 
 100.00 
 100.00 

 76.47 
 89.50 
 102.11 

 71.76 
 106.23 
 118.45 

 271.76 
 150.55 
 156.82 

 315.88 
 157.95 
 178.28 

 461.18 
 171.92 
 180.75 

Purchases of Equity Securities By the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 
There  were purchases of 21,579 shares  made by or on behalf of the Company of  shares of its common  stock during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015, primarily for the payment of taxes relating to the vesting of stock awards. 

The  following  table  shows  certain  information  relating  to  purchases  or  recapture  of  common  stock  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2015: 

      Total number of 
shares purchased 
as part of a 
publicly 
announced plan 

Remaining 
  number of shares    
authorized for 
purchase under 
the plan 

 -   
 -   

 -  
 -  

  Average 
  price paid   
  per share 
 5.39   
 5.39   

$ 
$ 

Period 
January 1 - January 31, 2015 

Total 

Total 

  number 
  of shares 
  acquired 
 21,579  
 21,579  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Financial Highlights 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Balance sheet items at year-end 
Total assets 
Total earning assets 
Average assets 
Loans, gross 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deposits 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Note payable 
Stockholders’ equity 

Results of operations for the year ended 
Interest and dividend income 
Interest expense 
Net interest and dividend income 
(Release) provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income (loss) before taxes 
Provision (benefit)  for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 
Preferred stock dividends and accretion 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders 

Loan quality ratios 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year 
Provision for loan losses to total loans 
Net loans charged-off to average total loans 
Nonaccrual loans to total loans at end of year 
Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of year 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans 

Per share data 
Basic earnings (loss) 
Diluted earnings (loss) 
Common book value per share 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

$ 

 2,077,863   
 1,862,257   
 2,065,980   
 1,133,715   
 16,223   
 1,759,086   
 34,070   
 15,000   
 58,378   
 45,000   
 500   
 155,929   

 68,164   
 9,076   
 59,088   
 (4,400)  
 29,294   
 68,421   
 24,361   
 8,976   
 15,385   
 1,873   
 13,512   

 1.43  % 
 (0.39) % 
 0.09  % 
 1.27  % 
 1.62  % 
 112.75  % 

 2,061,787   
 1,832,714   
 2,037,399   
 1,159,332   
 21,637   
 1,685,055   
 21,036   
 45,000   
 58,378   
 45,000   
 500   
 194,163   

 68,044   
 10,984   
 57,060   
 (3,300)  
 29,216   
 73,679   
 15,897   
 5,761   
 10,136   
 (1,719)  
 11,855   

 1.87  % 
 (0.28) % 
 0.21  % 
 2.32  % 
 2.86  % 
 80.36  % 

$ 

$ 

 2,004,034   
 1,758,582   
 1,962,688   
 1,101,256   
 27,281   
 1,682,128   
 22,560   
 5,000   
 58,378   
 45,000   
 500   
 147,692   

 69,040   
 13,786   
 55,254   
 (8,550)  
 31,183   
 83,144   
 11,843   
 (70,242)  
 82,085   
 5,258   
 76,827   

$ 

$ 

 2.48  % 
 (0.78) % 
 0.25  % 
 3.53  % 
 4.06  % 
 70.11  % 

 2,045,799   
 1,834,995   
 1,950,625   
 1,150,050   
 38,597   
 1,717,219   
 17,875   
 100,000   
 58,378   
 45,000   
 500   
 72,552   

 75,081   
 15,735   
 59,346   
 6,284   
 37,219   
 90,353   
 (72)  
 -   
 (72)  
 4,987   
 (5,059)  

 3.36  % 
 0.55  % 
 1.56  % 
 6.74  % 
 7.58  % 
 49.79  % 

$ 

$ 

 1,941,418   
 1,751,662   
 2,015,464   
 1,368,985   
 51,997   
 1,740,781   
 901   
 -   
 58,378   
 45,000   
 500   
 74,002   

 85,423   
 21,473   
 63,950   
 8,887   
 31,062   
 92,623   
 (6,498)  
 -   
 (6,498)  
 4,730   
 (11,228)  

 3.80  % 
 0.65  % 
 2.17  % 
 9.26  % 
 11.96  % 
 41.01  % 

$ 

 0.46   
 0.46   
 5.29   

$ 

 0.46   
 0.46   
 4.99   

$ 

 5.45   
 5.45   
 5.37   

$ 

 (0.36)  
 (0.36)  
 0.05   

 (0.79)  
 (0.79)  
 0.22   

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding 
Shares outstanding at year-end 

 29,730,074   
 29,476,821   
 29,483,429   

 25,549,193   
 25,300,909   
 29,442,508   

 14,106,033   
 13,939,919   
 13,917,108   

 14,207,252   
 14,074,188   
 14,084,328   

 14,220,822   
 14,019,920   
 14,034,991   

The following represents unaudited quarterly financial information for the periods indicated: 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Release for loan losses 
Securities (losses) gains, net 
Income before taxes 
Net income  
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

4th 
$   17,056 
 2,306 
    14,750 
 — 
 — 
 6,062 
 3,833 
 0.13 
 0.13 

2015 

3rd 
 $   17,072 
 2,268 
     14,804 
     (2,100) 
 (57) 
 6,308 
 3,924 
 0.12 
 0.12 

2nd 
 $   17,170 
 2,234 
    14,936 
     (2,300) 
 (12) 
 6,573 
 4,129 
 0.12 
 0.12 

2014 

1st 
 $   16,866 
 2,268 
    14,598 
 — 
 (109) 
 5,418 
 3,499 
 0.09 
 0.09 

4th 
 $   17,498 
 2,356 
    15,142 
     (1,300) 
 262 
 4,766 
 2,989 
 0.06 
 0.06 

3rd 
 $   17,199 
 2,528 
    14,671 
 — 
 1,231 
 4,650 
 2,924 
 0.06 
 0.06 

2nd 
 $   16,643 
 2,991 
    13,652 
     (1,000) 
 295 
 3,081 
 2,021 
 0.26 
 0.26 

1st 
 $   16,704  
 3,109  
    13,595  
     (1,000)  
 (69)  
 3,400  
 2,202  
 0.04  
 0.04  

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview 

The  following  discussion  provides  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  operations  for  the  twelve-month  periods  ending 
December 31, 2015,  2014  and  2013,  and  financial  condition  at  December 31, 2015  and  2014.   This  discussion  should  be  read  in 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto 
included or incorporated by reference elsewhere in this document. 

The Company provides a wide range of financial services through its 24 branch locations located in Kane, Kendall, DeKalb, DuPage, 
LaSalle,  Will  and  Cook  counties  in  Illinois.    These  banking  centers  offer  access  to  a  full  range  of  traditional  retail  and  commercial 
banking  services  including  treasury  management  operations  as  well  as  fiduciary  and  wealth  management  services.    The  Company 
focuses its business upon establishing and maintaining relationships with its clients while maintaining a commitment to providing for 
the  financial  services  needs  of  the  communities  in  which  it  operates  through  its  retail  branch  network.    The  Company  emphasizes 
relationships  with  individual  customers  as  well  as  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  throughout  our  market  area.    The  Company’s 
market area includes a mix of commercial and industrial, real estate, and consumer related lending opportunities, and provides a stable, 
loyal  core  deposit  base.    The  Company  also  has  extensive  wealth  management  services,  which  includes  a  registered  investment 
advisory  platform  in  addition  to  trust  administration  and  trust  services  related  to  personal  and  corporate  trusts,  including  employee 
benefit plan administration services. 

The health of the overall real estate market in the Company’s markets continued to improve in 2015.  While the precipitous decline in 
the value of certain real estate assets slowed in the latter part of 2010, continued difficult market conditions generated smaller declines 
in the 2015 values of real estate and associated asset types with overall stable market conditions during the reporting period that ended 
December 31, 2015.  The availability of ready local markets for real estate, while improved, remained  limited and continued to affect 
the ability of many borrowers to pay on their obligations.  The Company’s net income for 2015 was $15.4 million, $10.1 million in 
2014 and $82.1 million in 2013 with 2013 results derived largely from tax related benefits. 

In 2015, the Company recorded net income of $15.4 million, or $0.46 per diluted share, which compares with a  net income of $10.1 
million, or $0.46 per diluted share in 2014 and net income of $82.1 million or $5.45 per diluted share in 2013.  The basic earnings per 
share was $0.46 in 2015, $0.46 in 2014, and $5.45 in 2013.  The Company recorded a $4.4 million release of reserves for loan losses in 
2015, compared to $3.3 million release of reserves for loan losses in 2014 and $8.6 million release of reserves for loan losses in 2013.  
Net charge-offs were $1.0 million during 2015, $2.3 million during 2014 and $2.8 million during 2013.  The net income available to 
common stockholders was $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 
and $76.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Net  interest  and  dividend  income  increased  3.6%  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 2015  compared  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014.  Average loans, including loans held-for-sale increased 2.0% in 2015 compared to 2014.  Average interest bearing 
liabilities  increased  $5.7  million  or  0.39%  while  at  the  same  time  the  average  rate  decreased  14  basis  points.    This  decrease  was 
primarily due to reduced time or certificates of deposit while noninterest bearing deposits increased. 

In 2014, net interest income of $57.1 million increased $1.8 million from $55.3 million in 2013. 

In  2014  and  2015,  the  Bank  continued  to  reposition  its  balance  sheet  to  further  reduce  asset  quality  risk  and  increase  lending.  
Management also continued to emphasize credit quality and maintain its capital ratios with continued strong liquidity.  In 2015, loans 
decreased 2.2% after growth of 5.3% in 2014 and a 4.2% decline in 2013.  The Company also continued to take steps to cut operating 
expenses  and  increase  net  earnings.    Under  this  overarching  approach,  the  Company  significantly  reduced  problem  loans  and 
nonperforming  assets.    Reduced  other  real  estate  owned  holdings  resulted  in  lower  property  valuation  and  maintenance  expenses  in 
both  2015  and  2014.    As  the  Company  focused  on  reducing  all  noninterest  expenses,  it  was  able  to  maintain  its  profitable  wealth 
management business and extensive residential real estate business as important sources of noninterest income. 

The  Company’s  primary  deposit  products  are  checking,  NOW,  money  market,  savings,  and  certificate  of  deposit  accounts,  and  the 
Company’s  primary  lending  products  are  commercial  mortgages,  construction  lending,  commercial  loans,  residential  mortgages  and 
consumer  loans.    Major  portions  of  the  Company’s  loans  are  secured  by  various  forms  of  collateral  including  real  estate,  business 
assets, and consumer property although borrower cash flow is the primary source of repayment at the time of loan origination. 

As discussed, under this approach, net interest and dividend income increased $2.0 million, or 3.6%, in 2015 from $57.1 million for the 
year ended 2014.  Average earning assets increased from $1.80 billion in 2014 to $1.84 billion in 2015.  Average loans, including loans 
held-for-sale  during  the  year,  increased  to  $1.15  billion  for  2015  from  $1.13  billion  for  2014.    In  2015,  loan  volumes  reflected  a 
continued  low  level  of  qualified  borrower  demand  within  the  Company’s  market  areas  and  charge-off  activity.    Average  interest 
bearing  liabilities  were  essentially  unchanged  at  $1.45  billion  in  2015  and  2014,  as  the  need  for  funding  remained  low  with  the 
stabilization in assets. 

Application of critical accounting policies 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) 
and  follow  general  practices  within  the  banking  industry.    Application  of  these  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates, 
assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.   These 
estimates,  assumptions,  and  judgments  are  based  on  information  available  as  of  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions, and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in 
the consolidated financial statements. 

Significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 of the financial statements included in this annual report.  These policies, along 
with  the  disclosures  presented  in  the  other  financial  statement  notes  and  in  this  discussion,  provide  information  on  how  significant 
assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. 

Management firmly believes that the Company’s accounting policies with respect to the allowance for loan losses is an accounting area 
requiring subjective or complex judgments very important to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.  Therefore, the 
allowance policy is one of the Company’s most critical accounting policies.  The allowance for loan losses represents management’s 
estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered 
a  critical  accounting  estimate  because  it  requires  significant  judgment.    The  amounts  of  estimated  losses  on  pools  of  homogeneous 
loans are based on historical loss experience, consideration of current economic trends and conditions, as well as estimated collateral 
valuations, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  Management incorporated methodology changes in the allowance for 
loan  losses  calculation  in  2015.    These  methodology  changes  are  described  in  the  Allowance  for  Loan  Losses  section  of  this 
Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.   As a result of management’s analysis of the 
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, loan loss reserve releases were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 
and 2013. 

The loan portfolio represents the largest asset class on the consolidated balance sheets.  The allowance  for loan losses is a valuation 
allowance for loan losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by both loan loss reserve releases and charge-offs 
less recoveries.  Management estimates the allowance balance required using an assessment  of various risk factors including, but not 
limited  to,  past  loan  loss  experience,  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio,  information  about  specific  borrower  situations, 
estimated collateral values, volume trends in delinquencies, nonaccruals, economic conditions, and other credit market considerations.  
Allocations  of  the  allowance  may  be  made  for  specific  loans,  but  the  entire  allowance  is  available  for  losses  inherent  in  the  loan 
portfolio. 

A loan  is considered impaired  when it is probable that not all contractual principal or interest due  will be received according to the 
original terms of the loan agreement.  Management defines the measured value of an impaired loan based upon the present value of the 
future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  loan’s  original  effective  interest  rate,  or  the  fair  value  reflecting  costs  to  sell  the  underlying 
collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.  Impaired loans were $20.9 million at December 31, 2015.  This total compares to $35.9 
million and $46.6 million December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.   In addition, a discussion of the factors driving changes in the 
amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Allowances for Loan Losses section that follows. 

The  Company  recognizes  expense  for  federal  and  state  income  taxes  currently  payable  as  well  as  deferred  federal  and  state  taxes, 
estimated  future  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  amounts  reported  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets, as well as loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.  The Company maintained deferred tax assets 
for  deductible  temporary  differences,  the  largest  of  which  related  to  the  goodwill  amortization/impairment.    For  income  tax  return 
purposes  this  relates  to  Section 197  goodwill  amortization  and  goodwill  impairment  charges.    Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is 
dependent  upon  generating  sufficient  taxable  income  in  either  the  carryforward  or  carryback  periods  to  cover  net  operating  losses 
generated by the reversal of temporary differences. 

Future issuances or sales of common stock or other equity  securities could also result in an “ownership change” as defined for U.S. 
federal income tax purposes.  If an ownership change were to occur, the Company could realize a loss  of a portion of its U.S. federal 
and state deferred tax assets, including certain built-in losses that have not been recognized for tax purposes, as a result of the operation 
of  Section 382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.   The  amount  of  the  permanent  loss  would  be  determined  by  the 
annual limitation period and the carryforward period (generally up to 20 years for federal net operating losses) and any resulting loss 
could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition.  On September 12, 2012, the Company and the 
Bank,  as  rights  agent,  entered  into  a  Rights  Plan  which  was  designed  to  protect  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  against  an 
unsolicited ownership change. 

On September 2, 2015, the Company and the Bank, as Rights Agent, entered into a Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated 
Rights  Agreement  and  Tax  Benefits  Preservation  Plan  (the  “Amendment”).    The  Amendment,  which  will  be  submitted  to  the 
Company’s shareholders for ratification at the Company’s 2016 annual meeting, extended the final expiration date of the Company’s 
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan from September 12, 2015 to September 12, 2018.  The 
purpose  of  the  Rights  Plan  is  to  protect  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  asset  against  an  unsolicited  ownership  change,  which  could 
significantly  limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  utilize  its  deferred  tax  assets.    For  a  description  of  the  Rights  Plan,  please  refer  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-A, filed September 2, 2015 and Exhibit 4.1 filed on Form 8-K September 2, 2015 also. 

Income  tax  returns  are  also  subject  to  audit  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  “IRS”)  and  state  taxing  authorities.    Income  tax 
expense for current and prior periods is subject to adjustment based upon the outcome of such audits.  All audit work by the  IRS has 
been completed through and including 2011.  The Company believes it has adequately accrued for all probable income taxes payable.  
All audit work by the Illinois Department of Revenue or the State of Illinois has been completed through 2010. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Another  of  the  Company’s  critical  accounting  policies  relates  to  the  fair  value  measurement  of  various  nonfinancial  and  financial 
instruments  including  investment  securities,  valuation  of  OREO,  derivative  instruments  and  the  expanded  fair  value  measurement 
disclosures  that  are  related  to  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  820-10  in  detail  in  Notes  1  and  17  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements included in this annual report. 

Results of operations 

Net interest income 

Net interest income increased $2.0 million, from the year ended December 31, 2014, to $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2015.    The  Company  realized  modest  improvements  in  interest  income  and  more  substantial  net  interest  income  benefit  in  reduced 
interest  expense.    Net  interest  income  increased  3.6%  in  2015  compared  to  2014.    Net interest  income  increased  $1.8  million,  from 
$55.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $57.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Average earning assets increased $44.7 million in 2015 compared to 2014 including a year over year $22.0 million increase in average 
loans  including  loans  held-for-sale.    Results  reflect  some  increased  loan  volume  during  periods  of  2015.    Average  earning  assets 
increased $36.3 million, or 2.1% in 2014, from $1.76 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $1.80 billion for the year ended 
December 31, 2014, as a result of growth in both securities volume and loan volume during 2014.  Management continues to develop 
loan pipelines that can be expected to generate future loan originations and loan growth. 

The Company’s net interest income can be significantly influenced by a variety of factors, including overall loan demand, economic 
conditions, credit risk, the amount of nonearning assets including nonperforming loans and OREO, the amounts of and rates at  which 
assets and liabilities reprice, variances in prepayment of loans and securities, early withdrawal of deposits, exercise of call options on 
borrowings or securities, a general rise or decline in interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield-curve, and balance sheet growth or 
contraction.    The  Company’s  asset  and  liability  committee  (“ALCO”)  seeks  to  manage  interest  rate  risk  under  a  variety  of  rate 
environments by structuring the Company’s balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions.  This process is discussed in more detail in 
the interest rate risk section. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE BALANCES, 
TAX EQUIVALENT INTEREST AND RATES 
Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Average  
Balance  

  Interest    % 

  Rate    Average  
  Balance  

  Interest    % 

  Rate   Average  
  Balance  

  Rate 
  Interest    % 

 20,066  

  $ 

 55    0.27   $ 

 28,106  

  $ 

 73    0.26   $ 

 43,801  

  $ 

 108    0.24 

   642,132  
 22,311  
  664,443  
 8,545  
   1,149,590  
 1,842,644  
 29,659  
 (19,323)  
 213,000  
$  2,065,980  

     14,037    2.19  
 834    3.74    
     14,871    2.24  
 306    3.58    

   616,187  
 16,425  
  632,612  
 9,677  
     53,327    4.58      1,127,590  
  1,797,985  
     68,559    3.68  
 32,628  
 -    
 -  
 (24,981)  
 -    
 -  
 231,767  
 -    
 -  
  $  2,037,399  

     14,131    2.29  
 727    4.43    
     14,858    2.35  
 309    3.19    

   586,188  
 14,616  
  600,804  
 10,629  
     53,170    4.65      1,106,447  
 1,761,681  
     68,410    3.76  
 26,871  
 -    
 -  
 (35,504)  
 -    
 -  
 209,640  
 -    
 -  
  $  1,962,688  

     11,692    1.99 
 904    6.19 
     12,596    2.10 
 304    2.86 
     56,417    5.03 
     69,425    3.90 
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  

$ 

 345,472  
 292,725  
 249,570  
 410,691  
 1,298,458  
 28,194  
 21,945  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 1,452,475  
 429,403  
 10,712  
 173,390  
$  2,065,980  

  $ 

 300    0.09   $ 
 282    0.10    
 152    0.06    
 3,201    0.78    
 3,935    0.30  
 3    0.01    
 30    0.13    
 4,287    7.34    
 814    1.78    
 7    1.38    
 9,076    0.62  
 -    
 -  
 -    
 -  
 -    
 -  

 314,212  
 305,595  
 238,326  
 446,133  
  1,304,266  
 26,093  
 12,534  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
  1,446,771  
 388,295  
 20,218  
 182,115  
  $  2,037,399  

  $ 

 266    0.08   $ 
 317    0.10    
 155    0.07    
 4,500    1.01    
 5,238    0.40  
 3    0.01    
 16    0.13    
 4,919    8.43    
 792    1.74    
 16    3.16    
     10,984    0.76  
 -    
 -  
 -    
 -  
 -    
 -  

 290,998  
 318,343  
 226,404  
 493,855  
 1,329,600  
 23,313  
 15,849  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 1,472,640  
 362,871  
 36,063  
 91,114  
  $  1,962,688  

  $ 

 255    0.09 
 443    0.14 
 161    0.07 
 6,774    1.37 
 7,633    0.57 
 3    0.01 
 25    0.16 
 5,298    9.08 
 811    1.78 
 16    3.16 
     13,786    0.94 
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  

  $  59,483    

  $  57,426    

  $  55,639    

   3.23      

   3.19      

   3.16 

Assets 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions $ 
Securities: 
Taxable 
Non-taxable (TE) 
Total securities 

Dividends from Reserve Bank and FHLBC stock   
Loans and loans held-for-sale1 
Total interest earning assets 

Cash and due from banks 
Allowance for loan losses 
Other noninterest bearing assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
NOW accounts 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Time deposits 

Interest bearing deposits 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 
Total interest bearing liabilities 

Noninterest bearing deposits 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 
Net interest income (TE) 
Net interest income (TE) 
to total earning assets 

Interest bearing liabilities to earning assets 

78.83 %      

80.47 %      

83.59 %      

1. 

Interest income from loans is shown tax equivalent as discussed below and includes fees of $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.5 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Nonaccrual 
loans are included in the above stated average balances. 

Asset Quality 

Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, nonperforming restructured accruing loans and loans 90 days or greater past  due but 
still accruing.  Management believes recovery in the overall commercial real estate segment is firmly evident but could be  stifled by 
macroeconomic  events.    This  change  in  segment  posture  would  adversely  impact  Company  totals  for  nonperforming  loans.    Total 
nonperforming loans were $14.6 million at December 31, 2015, down from $27.1 million at December 31, 2014. 

Net charge offs of $1.0 million in 2015 compare to $2.3 million in 2014 and $2.8 million in 2013. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
   
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
 
   
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
   
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
   
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows classified loans by segment for the following periods. 

(in thousands) 

Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential: 

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 
Real estate - commercial, nonfarm 
Real estate - commercial, farm 
Commercial 
Other 

Classified loans as of December 31, 
2013 
2014 
2015 

$ 

 83   $ 

 4,045   $ 

 3,024  

  Percent Change From 
  2015-2014    2014-2013 
 33.8 

 (97.9)  

 1,136    
 7,079    
 3,055    
 10,568    
 1,272    
 2,029    
 1    

 2,263    
 7,343    
 3,713    
 19,170    
 -    
 4,403    
 1    

$ 

 25,223   $ 

 40,938   $ 

 9,750  
 7,699  
 3,971  
 37,297  
 -  
 481  
 1  
 62,223  

 (49.8)  
 (3.6)  
 (17.7)  
 (44.9)  
 -  
 (53.9)  
 -  
 (38.4)  

 (76.8) 
 (4.6) 
 (6.5) 
 (48.6) 
 - 
 815.4 
 - 
 (34.2) 

Classified  loans  include  nonaccrual,  performing  troubled  debt  restructurings  and  all  other  loans  considered  substandard.    All  three 
components are down since December 31, 2014.  Classified assets include both classified loans and OREO.  Management monitors a 
ratio of classified assets to the sum of Bank Tier 1 capital and the allowance for loan loss reserve.  This ratio reflects another measure 
of overall improvement in loan related asset quality.  The decline in both classified loans and OREO as well as improved Bank Tier 1 
capital in the fourth quarter again strengthened this ratio. 

Other  positive  trends  included  continued  reduction  in  nonaccrual  loans.    The  December 31, 2015,  nonaccrual  total  of  $14.4  million 
reflects a trend of reduced nonaccrual loans at year-end that has been experienced since year-end 2010.  Similarly, total past due loans, 
including accruing and nonaccrual loans, of $12.6 million for year-end 2015 is the most recent decreased year-end total for this metric 
in a trend of reductions seen since year-end 2010.  Both results reflect aggressive portfolio management process and diligent follow up 
by individual relationship managers on specific credits. 

Summarizing  numerous  encouraging  developments, 
December 31, 2015, after standing at 28.10% at December 31, 2014. 

the  classified  asset  ratio  showed  a  positive  change 

to  20.31%  at 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses methodology reasonably estimates loan and lease losses as of the financial statement date(s) and 
incorporates  management’s  current  judgments  about  the  credit  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio  through  a  disciplined  and  consistently 
applied  methodology.  The  methodology  follows  GAAP  including,  but  not  limited  to,  guidance  included  in  Accounting  Standards 
Codification  (“ASC”)  310  and  ASC  450.    Analysis  is  prepared  in  accordance  with  guidelines  established  by  the  SEC,  the  Federal 
Financial Institutions Examination Council, the American Institution of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for 
Banks  and  Savings  Institutions,  and  banking  industry  practices.    Methodology  is  periodically  reviewed  by  the  Bank’s  independent 
accountants  and  banking  regulators.    Methodology  changes  were  made  in  2015.    Beyond  these  methodology  changes,  only  minor 
changes in the risk evaluation factors for commercial loans and commercial real estate credits were made in 2015. 

One methodology change reflects use of average balances in historical required reserve calculations to avoid loss rate  impact if loan 
balances increase or decrease significantly.  Previously, period end balances were used in the required reserve calculation.   A second 
methodology change negates quarterly net recovery data in the historical loss rate experience calculations.  The previous treatment of 
net recoveries was seen as a less meaningful treatment of current historical loss experience.  The last methodology change replaces the 
commercial  real  estate  pool  management  factor  with  a  collateral  calculation  on  balances  for  special  mention  and  problem  accruing 
loans in the period.  This methodology change more accurately reflects all portfolio risk.  The impact of these changes to the ALLL was 
an increase of $1.3 million.  All calculations conform to U. S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

The coverage ratio of the  allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans  was  111.0% as of December 31, 2015, which reflects an 
increase  from  79.9%  as  of  December 31, 2014.    A  decrease  of  $12.5  million,  or  46.0%,  in  nonperforming  loans  in  2015  drove  the 
overall  coverage  ratio  change.    Following  established  methodology,  management  updated  the  estimated  specific  allocations  each 
quarter  after  receiving  more  recent  appraisal  valuations  or  information  on  cash  flow  trends  related  to  the  impaired  credits.    General 
allocations decreased by $5.2 million from December 31, 2014, while the overall loan balances subject to general factors also decreased 
at December 31, 2015.  Management determined the estimated amount to include in the allowance for loan losses based upon a number 
of factors, including an evaluation of credit market circumstances, loan growth or contraction, the quality and composition of the loan 
portfolio and loan loss experience.   

Management  reviews  the  performance  of  the  management  risk  factors  including  higher  risk  loan  pools  rated  as  special  mention  and 
problem  loans,  and  adjusts  the  population  and  the  related  loss  factors  taking  into  account  adverse  market  trends  including  collateral 
valuation as well as its assessments of the credits in that pool.  Changes are identified in the Company’s comprehensive loan review 
process and made in the related risk factors  when needed with a formal affirmation at each quarter end.  Those assessments capture 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
management’s estimate of the potential for adverse migration to an impaired status as well as its estimation of what potential valuation 
impact would result from that migration.  Management has also observed that many stresses in those credits were generally attributable 
to cyclical economic events that continue to show some signs of stabilization in 2015. 

Management conducts a full annual review of all Home Equity Lines of Credit (“HELOC”) by looking at credit scores and collateral 
values.  When the Company is notified of a foreclosure on a first mortgage, the HELOC loan is moved to nonaccrual and a decision is 
made if the loan is collectible.  Loan balances are actively charged-off in the absence of sufficient equity unless the borrower reaffirms 
or notifies us of an intention to reaffirm. 

The  above  changes  in  estimates  were  made  by  management  to  be  consistent  with  observable  trends  on  asset  quality  within  loan 
portfolio  segments  (as  discussed  in  the  Asset  Quality  section  above)  and  in  conjunction  with  market  conditions  and  credit  review 
administration  activities.    Several  environmental  factors  are  also  evaluated  monthly,  when  appropriate,  with  formal  affirmation  each 
quarter end and are included in the assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Further and importantly, significant 
improvement was seen in 2015 net charge-offs and nonperforming loans.  Net charge-offs of $2.3 million in 2014 declined by 56.7% to 
$1.0 million in 2015.  Nonperforming loans of $27.1 million at year-end 2014 declined 46.0% to $14.6 million at December 31, 2015.  
Based on this assessment, management determined that an overall improvement in loan asset quality justified loan loss reserve releases 
of $4.4 million in 2015.  When measured as a percentage of loans outstanding, the total allowance for loan losses decreased from 1.9% 
of  total  loans  as  of  December 31, 2014,  to  1.4%  of  total  loans  at  December 31, 2015.    In  management’s  judgment,  an  adequate 
allowance for estimated losses has been established for inherent losses at December 31, 2015; however, there can be no assurance that 
actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts in the future. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  consists  of  three  components:  (i) specific  allocations  established  for  losses  resulting  from  an  analysis 
developed through reviews of individual impaired loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of 
the loan; (ii) reserves based on historical loss experience for each loan category; and (iii) reserves based on general current economic 
conditions as well as specific economic and other factors believed to be relevant to the Company’s loan portfolio.  The components of 
the  allowance  for  loan  losses  represent  an  estimation  performed  pursuant  to  ASC  Topic  450,  “Contingencies”,  and  ASC  Topic 310, 
“Receivables” including “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan  – Income Recognition and Disclosures”.  See Note 1 on 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further detail. 

The historical loss experience component is based on actual loss experience for a rolling 20-quarter period and the related internal risk 
rating and category of loans charged-off, including any charge-off on TDRs.  The loss migration analysis is performed quarterly, and 
the loss factors are updated based on actual experience. 

Management  takes  into  consideration  many  internal  and  external  qualitative  factors  when  estimating  the  additional  adjustment  for 
management factors, including: 

  Changes  in  the  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  trends  in  the  volume  and  terms  of  loans,  and  trends  in  delinquent  and 

nonaccrual loans that could indicate that historical trends do not reflect current conditions. 

  Changes in credit policies and procedures, such as underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices. 
  Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of credit management and other relevant staff. 
  Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system and board of directors’ oversight. 
  Changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans. 
  Changes in the national and local economy that affect the collectability of various segments of the portfolio. 
  Changes in other external factors, such as competition and legal or regulatory requirements are considered when determining 

the level of estimated loss in various segments of the portfolio. 

The  analysis  of  these  factors  involves  a  high  degree  of  judgment  by  management.    Because  of  the  imprecision  surrounding  these 
factors, the Company estimates a range of inherent losses and maintains a general allowance that is not allocated to a specific category.  
In 2015, the general allowance decreased $2.0 million, compared to the decrease of $2.5 million in 2014.  Changes in the allowance for 
loan losses are detailed in Note 5 on the consolidated financial statements of this report. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest income 

(in thousands) 

Noninterest Income for the Twelve Months 
ending December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Trust income 
Service charges on deposits 
Residential mortgage banking revenue 
Securities (loss) gains, net 
Loss on sale of CDO 

Total Securities gains (loss), net 

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life 
insurance 
Death benefit realized on bank-owned life insurance 
Debit card interchange income 
(Loss) gain on disposal and transfer of fixed assets 
Other income 

$ 

$ 

 5,953   $ 
 6,820    
 7,169    
 (178)    
 -    
 (178)    

 1,221    
 -    
 4,028    
 (1,119)    
 5,400    
 29,294   $ 

 6,198   $ 
 7,079    
 4,424    
 1,719    
 -    
 1,719    

 1,397    
 -    
 3,806    
 (121)    
 4,714    
 29,216   $ 

 6,339  
 7,256  
 8,361  
 2,205  
 (4,117)  
 (1,912)  

 1,603  
 381  
 3,458  
 9  
 5,688  
 31,183  

 Percent Change From 
 2015-2014   2014-2013 
 (2.2) 
 (2.4) 
 (47.1) 
 (22.0) 
- 
 189.9 

 (4.0)  
 (3.7)  
 62.0  
 (110.4)  
-  
 (110.4)  

 (12.6)  
-  
 5.8  
-  
 14.6  
 0.3  

 (12.9) 
- 
 10.1 
- 
 (17.1) 
 (6.3) 

Total  noninterest  income  was  essentially  unchanged  in  2015  from  2014  even  though  there  were  several  material  changes  year  over 
year.    While  trust  income  and  deposit  service  charges  declined,  residential  mortgage  banking  revenue  showed  strong  improvement.  
The  Company’s  residential  mortgage  operation  functioned  very  efficiently  in  a  difficult  rate  environment.    Also,  valuations  in  the 
mortgage business improved year over year.  The  Company incurred a noncash impairment charge of approximately $1.1 million on 
the now closed branch in Batavia, Illinois.  The Company  also recorded revenue of approximately $917,000 on a one-time payment 
from a long term service provider.  Last, net losses of securities sales of $178,000 in 2015 compares to net gains on securities sales of 
$1.7 million in 2014. 

Total noninterest income in 2014 dropped to $29.2 million from $31.2 million in 2013 even after the 2013 $4.1 million loss on the sale 
of a collateralized debt obligation is considered.  Essentially all operating categories were down year over year, most notably residential 
mortgage banking income on slow residential markets in the Company’s selected market areas. 

Noninterest expense 

(in thousands) 

Salaries  
Bonus 
Benefits and other 

Total salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense, net 
Furniture and equipment expense 
FDIC insurance 
General bank insurance 
Amortization of core deposit intangible asset 
Advertising expense 
Debit card interchange expense 
Legal fees 
Other real estate owned expense, net 
Other expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Noninterest Expense for the Twelve Months 
ending December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

$ 

$ 

 28,173   $ 
 1,320    
 5,568    
 35,061    
 4,749    
 4,430    
 1,334    
 1,273    
 -    
 1,340    
 1,514    
 1,175    
 5,191    
 12,354    
 68,421   $ 

 28,440   $ 
 1,955    
 5,772    
 36,167    
 4,963    
 3,972    
 2,170    
 1,561    
 1,177    
 1,278    
 1,631    
 1,333    
 6,917    
 12,510    
 73,679   $ 

 27,853  
 2,869  
 5,966  
 36,688  
 5,032  
 4,264  
 4,027  
 2,318  
 2,099  
 1,225  
 1,433  
 2,066  
 10,747  
 13,245  
 83,144  

 Percent Change From 
 2015-2014    2014-2013 
 2.1 
 (31.9) 
 (3.3) 
 (1.4) 
 (1.4) 
 (6.8) 
 (46.1) 
 (32.7) 
 (43.9) 
 4.3 
 13.8 
 (35.5) 
 (35.6) 
 (5.5) 
 (11.4) 

 (0.9)  
 (32.5)  
 (3.5)  
 (3.1)  
 (4.3)  
 11.5  
 (38.5)  
 (18.4)  
-  
 4.9  
 (7.2)  
 (11.9)  
 (25.0)  
 (1.2)  
 (7.1)  

Total  noninterest  expense  decreased  by  7.1%  in  2015  compared  to  2014.    Most  notably,  the  Company  recorded  no  amortization 
expense on the core deposit intangible in 2015 compared to $1.2 million expense in 2014.  Expenses related to the Company’s portfolio 
of  properties  owned  as  a  result  of  loan  foreclosure  declined  year  over  year.    General  bank  insurance  decreased  on  the  renewal  of 
company-wide coverages.  Salaries and benefits, and FDIC expenses were meaningfully lower year over year.  Branch closures in 2014 
and  2015  as  well  as  2015  staff  reductions  are  the  main  source  of  this  decrease  along  with  strict  management  attention  to  control 
replacement hiring when positions become open.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense in 2014 dropped to $73.7 million compared to $83.1 million in 2013.  Meaningful expense reductions  were 
attained on the cost of FDIC insurance, general bank insurance and legal fees.  The most significant expense reduction was realized in 
the cost of the Company’s portfolio of foreclosed properties.  These expenses dropped from $10.7 million in 2013 to $6.9 mill ion in 
2014. 

Income taxes 

The Company’s provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income tax expense (benefit).  An analysis of the provision 
for income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2015 is detailed in Note 11.  The Company income tax accounting policies are 
described in Note 1.   

Income tax expense totaled $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an income tax expense of $5.8 million in 
2014  and  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $70.2  million  in  2013.    Income  tax  expense  reflected  all  relevant  statutory  tax  rates  and  GAAP 
accounting. 

On  September  2,  2015,  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  as  rights  agent  (the  “Rights  Agent”),  entered  into  a  Second  Amendment  to 
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the  “Amendment”), which amended the Amended and 
Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of September 12, 2012, between the Company and the Rights 
Agent (as amended, the “Tax Benefits Plan”). 

The  Amendment,  which  will  be  submitted  to  the  Company’s  stockholders  for  ratification  at  the  Company’s  2016  annual  meeting, 
extended the final expiration date of the Tax Benefits Plan from September 12, 2015 to September 12, 2018. 

The  determination  of  being  able  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets  is  highly  subjective  and  dependent  upon  judgment  concerning 
management’s  evaluation  of  both  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  forecasts  of  future  income,  available  tax  planning 
strategies,  and  assessments  of  the  current  and  future  economic  and  business  conditions.    Management  considered  both  positive  and 
negative evidence regarding the Company’s ability to  ultimately realize the deferred tax assets,  which is largely dependent  upon the 
ability to derive benefits based upon future taxable income.  As of September 30, 2013, management determined that the realization of 
most of the deferred tax asset was “more likely than not” as required by accounting principles and reversed a significant portion of an 
established valuation allowance to reflect this judgment.  

The Company considered the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards separately when determining if a valuation allowance 
was required.  After considering tax-planning strategies, the Company reserved a portion of the state net operating loss carryforward 
management  did  not  anticipate  using  by  December 31,  2016,  based  on  forecasts  made  at  September 30,  2013.    While  the  state  net 
operating loss carryforward does not begin to expire until 2021, management acknowledges that forecasts are inherently subjective and 
only periods in the foreseeable future should be considered when determining if net deferred tax assets will be utilized.  In each future 
accounting  period,  the  Company’s  management  will  reevaluate  whether  the  current  conditions  in  conjunction  with  positive  and 
negative evidence support a change in the valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax assets. 

The positive evidence considered included the following: (1) the current quarter results reflect the Company’s sixth consecutive quarter 
of  pre-tax  earnings  (2) reduced  nonperforming  assets  for  the  eleventh  consecutive  quarter;  and  (3) strongly  encouraging  indications 
from OCC on the removal of the Consent Order subsequently confirmed with the removal of the Consent Order effective October 17, 
2013.    Negative  evidence  considered  included  the  decrease  in  the  Company’s  net  interest  margin  and  reduced  noninterest  income, 
primarily  from  decreased  mortgage  banking  income.    The  only  tax  planning  strategy  considered  was  selling  the  Company’s  bank-
owned  life  insurance  which  would  have  resulted  in  immediate  taxable  income  of  approximately  $11.4  million  if  it  had  been  sold 
effective  September 30,  2013.    While  the  Company  did  not  complete  this  sale,  management  did  confirm  the  sale  would  have  been 
considered in the event a deferred tax asset was close to expiration. 

There have been no significant changes in the Company's ability to utilize the deferred tax assets through December 31, 2015.  The 
Company has no valuation reserve on the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial condition 

General 

Total  assets  increased  $16.1  million,  or  0.8%,  from  December 31, 2014  to  close  at  $2.08  billion  as  of  December 31, 2015.    Loans 
decreased  by  2.2%,  to  $1.13  billion  over  the  course  of  2015.    Management  continued  to  emphasize  balance  sheet  stabilization  and 
credit quality in all lending deliberations and continued to encounter low demand for loans in the Company’s target markets.   At the 
same time, net loan charge-off activity reduced balances and collateral that previously secured loans moved to OREO.  In total, OREO 
assets decreased $12.8 million, or 40.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, as sale activity and 
valuation  write-downs  exceeded  new  properties  added.    Total  securities  increased  by  $58.7  million,  or  9.1%,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015, reflecting continued management emphasis on investment securities.  Management continued to fund new lending 
as well as available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities in 2015 consistent with the Company’s past practice of utilizing 
available liquid funds supplemented by short term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (the “FHLBC”).  For the 
year ended December 31, 2015, large dollar purchases were made in asset-backed securities (almost all backed by student loan assets) 
with  most  other  categories  essentially  unchanged.    At  December 31,  2015,  the  largest  changes  by  loan  type  included  increases  in 
commercial and real estate commercial while holdings of real estate construction and real estate residential loans declined.   

Similarly, total assets at year-end 2014 of $2.06 billion were increased slightly from $2.00 billion from year-end 2013.  Both loans and 
securities increased in the year while other balance sheet items reflected small decreases.  Total deposits increased by an insignificant 
amount. 

Investments 

As shown below, net investment purchases during 2015 changed the composition of the Company’s securities portfolio. 

(in thousands) 

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost 
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total securities held-to-maturity 

Total securities 

Securities Portfolio as of December 31, 
2013 
2014 
2015 

  Percent Change From 
     2015-2014    2014-2013 

  $ 

 $ 

  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 1,509   $ 
 1,556  
 1,996  
 30,526  
 29,400  
 66,920  
 231,908  
 92,251  

 456,066   $ 

 1,527   $ 
 1,624  
 -  
 22,018  
 30,985  
 63,627  
 173,496  
 92,209  

 385,486   $ 

 1,544  
 1,672  
 -  
 16,794  
 15,102  
 63,876  
 273,203  
 -  
 372,191  

 36,505   $ 

 211,241  
 247,746   $ 

 37,125   $ 

 222,545  
 259,670   $ 

 35,268  
 221,303  
 256,571  

 (1.2)  
 (4.2)  
 -  
 38.6  
 (5.1)  
 5.2  
 33.7  
 -  
 18.3  

 (1.7)  
 (5.1)  
 (4.6)  

 703,812   $ 

 645,156   $ 

 628,762  

 9.1  

 (1.1) 
 (2.9) 
 - 
 31.1 
 105.2 
 (0.4) 
 (36.5) 
 - 
 3.6 

 5.3 
 0.6 
 1.2 

 2.6 

The Company’s total securities show a net increase of $58.7 million since December 31, 2014.  During 2014, holdings in asset-backed 
securities  (primarily  securities  backed  by  student  loan  paper)  declined  to  be  largely  replaced  by  collateralized  loan  obligations  and 
corporate bonds.  During 2013, net additions of $105.7 million in available-for-sale asset-backed securities (again primarily securities 
backed by student loan paper) were offset by reductions in virtually all other available-for-sale categories along with the adoption in 
2013 of a held-to-maturity portfolio.  In 2015, the Company increased holdings in asset-backed securities (again securities backed by 
student loan paper) with only small changes in other categories of securities. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Loans 

(in thousands) 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer 
Overdraft 
Lease financing receivables 
Other 

Net deferred loan costs 

$ 

 $ 

 $ 

2013 

2014 

2015 

Major Classification of Loans as of December 31,   Percent Change From 
 2015-2014    2014-2013 
 25.8 
 7.2 
 52.6 
 (5.1) 
 27.0 
 3.3 
 (20.2) 
 (9.1) 
 5.3 
 52.2 
 5.3 

 130,362 
 605,721 
 19,806 
 351,007 
 4,216 
 483 
 10,953 
 10,130 
 1,132,678    
 1,037    

 119,158 
 600,629 
 44,795 
 370,191 
 3,504 
 649 
 8,038 
 11,630 
 1,158,594    
 738    

 94,736 
 560,233 
 29,351 
 390,201 
 2,760 
 628 
 10,069 
 12,793 
 1,100,771  
 485  
 1,101,256  

 9.4  
 0.8  
 (55.8)  
 (5.2)  
 20.3  
 (25.6)  
 36.3  
 (12.9)  
 (2.2)  
 40.5  
 (2.2)  

 1,133,715   $ 

 1,159,332   $ 

$ 

Loan production in the fourth quarter of 2015 continued at the slow pace found earlier in the year.  A volume increase in commercial 
for the year is offset by decreases in real estate loans.  Fourth quarter loan production provided a positive close to 2014 and an increase 
in  loans  outstanding  from  the  third  quarter.    This  loan  production  reflects  extensive  work  done  earlier  in  the  year  to  build  business 
origination pipelines.  Significant new business was realized during the quarter in the multi-family, commercial real estate (both owner 
occupied and nonowner occupied) and commercial & industrial classifications.  Other commercial real estate credits were realized with 
relationships in our targeted customer and geographic markets, in one instance via a participation in a transaction originated by a larger 
Illinois based financial institution.  Similarly, significant new commercial & industrial lending was realized to businesses that conform 
to  the  Company’s  profile  of  customers  defined  in  Company  loan  policies.    Additionally,  we  strive  to  serve  customers  near  our 
geographical locations in communities served by the Company.  The Company continues to seek opportunities in its primary lending 
markets that will develop additional relationship banking customers; however, markets remain very competitive for new loan business. 

Total loans were $1.13 billion as of December 31, 2015, a decrease from $1.16 billion as of December 31, 2014.  Loan production in 
2015 declined as compared to the loan growth seen in 2014.  Loan results in 2014 represented an increase of $58.1 million in the year.  
While the Company worked diligently to rebuild and build loan origination pipelines during 2014 and 2015, the lack of demand from 
qualified borrowers, including borrower reluctance to drawdown on existing credit lines through the  year, as well as the competitive 
landscape,  moderated  growth  in  the  loan  portfolio.    As  discussed  in  the  Asset  Quality  section  above,  management  continued  to 
emphasize  loan  portfolio  quality  in  2015  and,  as  a  result,  $1.0  million  of  net  loan  charge-offs  were  recorded  in  2015  compared  to 
$2.3 million of net loan charge-offs  recorded in 2014 and $2.8 million in 2013. 

The quality of the loan portfolio is in large part a reflection of the economic health of the communities in which the Company operates.  
The  local  economies  have  been  affected  by  the  improved  but  still  difficult  economic  conditions,  referred  to  by  many  as  structural 
headwinds  that  have  been  experienced  nationwide.    The  less  than  vibrant  economic  conditions  continue  to  affect  business  regions 
served in particular and financial markets generally.  Real estate related activity, including valuations and transactions, while improved 
from  past  severe  conditions,  continues  to  be  less  than  expansive.    Because  the  Company  is  located  in  an  area  with  significant  open 
space and undeveloped real estate, real estate lending (including commercial, residential, and construction) has been and continues to 
be a sizable portion of the portfolio.   

Real  estate  lending  categories  comprised  the  largest  group  in  the  portfolio  as  of  December 31, 2015  and  December 31, 2014.    The 
commercial loan portfolio increased $11.2 million to $130.4 million at December 31, 2015, from $119.2 million at December 31, 2014.  
The Company remains committed to overseeing and managing its loan portfolio to avoid unnecessarily high credit concentrations in 
accordance with the general interagency guidance on risk management.  Consistent with those commitments, management updated its 
asset diversification plan and policy and anticipates that the percentage of real estate lending to the overall portfolio will decrease in the 
future. 

The allowance for loan losses was $16.2 million at year-end 2015 compared to $21.6 million and $27.3 million at year-end 2014 and 
2013,  respectively.    One  measure  of  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  the  ratio  of  the  allowance  to  total  loans.    The 
allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was  1.4% as of December 31, 2015, compared to 1.9% at year-end 2014 and 
2.5% as of December 31, 2013.  In management’s judgment, an adequate allowance for estimated losses has been established; however, 
there can be no assurance that losses will not exceed the estimated amounts in the future. 

Management  remains  cautious  about  the  continued  slow  recovery  in  the  local  and  overall  economic  environment.    Furthermore,  the 
sustained  difficulties  in  the  commercial  and  investor  real  estate  sector,  while  showing  signs  of  improvement,  could  continue  to 
adversely  affect  collateral  values.    These  events  may  adversely  affect  cash  flows  generally  for  both  commercial  and  individual 
borrowers.  While portfolio stability has taken hold, the Company could experience undesirable levels of problem assets, delinquencies, 
and losses on loans in future periods if economic recession or politically triggered economic instability develops. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Real Estate Owned 

OREO decreased $12.8 million from $32.0 million at December 31, 2014 to $19.1 million at December 31, 2015.  Of note, the year-
end 2015 total includes $468,000 related to a building formerly occupied by a Bank branch, now closed, in Batavia, Illinois.  The Bank 
recorded a loss of approximately $1.1 million upon the transfer of this property to OREO.   A similar reduction in overall holdings is 
seen  at  December  31,  2014  compared  to  December  31,  2013.    The  Company  has  successfully  managed  the  reduction  of  OREO 
holdings from a total of $93.3 million at December 31, 2011. The trend of year over year reductions in valuation adjustments continued 
but at a lower level in 2015 compared to 2014. 

(in thousands) 

Single family residence 
Lots (single family and commercial) 
Vacant land 
Multi-family 
Commercial property 
Total OREO properties 

$ 

2014 

2015 

2013 

 2,621   $ 

 2,334   $ 

OREO Properties by Type as of December31,  Percent Change From 
 2015-2014   2014-2013 
 (43.7) 
 (11.9) 
 (13.1) 
 (13.1) 
 (30.0) 
 (23.0) 

 13,235  
 2,725  
 1,549  
 11,852  
 31,982   $ 

 4,658  
 15,020  
 3,135  
 1,783  
 16,941  
 41,537  

 (11.0)  
 (24.1)  
 (22.8)  
 (79.7)  
 (63.3)  
 (40.2)  

 10,042  
 2,104  
 314  
 4,347  

 19,141   $ 

$ 

The OREO valuation reserve ended 2015 at $14.1 million, which was 42.5% of gross OREO at year-end 2015.  This compares to $19.2 
million, or 37.5% of gross OREO at year-end 2014. 

Deposits & Borrowings 

In 2015, the Company grew total deposits by $74.0 million, or 4.4%, to a total of $1.76 billion at year-end 2015.  A reduced level of 
time  or  certificates  of  deposits  as  higher  yielding  certificates  matured  in  the  current  lower  rate  environment  was  offset  by  larger 
increases  in  transactional  demand,  money  market  and  savings  account  balances.    These  results  compare  to  results  in  2014  when  the 
Company saw virtually unchanged total deposits of $1.68 billion from year-end 2013 to December 31, 2014.  Notably, time deposits or 
certificates  of  deposit  dropped  as  renewals  took  place  in  a  very  different  rate  environment.    Availability  of  other  liquidity  sources 
reduced the need for deposit funding. 

The Company’s  most  significant borrowing relationship continued  to be the $45.5  million credit  facility  with a correspondent bank.  
The credit facility was originally composed of a $30.5 million senior debt facility, which included $500,000 in term debt, and $45.0 
million of subordinated debt.  The Company had remaining debt of $500,000 in principal outstanding in term debt, and $45.0 million in 
principal outstanding in subordinated debt under that facility at the end of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014.  The term debt 
is secured by all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank.  The subordinated debt and term debt portion of the senior debt facility 
mature  on  March 31,  2018.    At  December 31, 2015,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  of  the  financial  covenants  contained 
within the credit agreement.  The Company has made all required interest payments on the outstanding principal amounts on a timely 
basis.   

The Company’s borrowings at the FHLBC require the Bank to be a member and invest in the stock of the FHLBC and total borrowings 
are generally limited to the lower of 35% of total assets or 60% of the book value of certain mortgage loans.   The Bank primarily uses 
these borrowings as a source of short-term funding. 

Capital 

As of December 31, 2015, total stockholders’ equity was $155.9 million, which was a decrease of $38.2 million, or 19.7%, from $194.2 
million as of December 31, 2014.  This decrease was attributable to the Series B Stock redemption of $47.3 million conducted during 
2015.  Accumulated other comprehensive loss on securities net of deferred taxes  was $7.7 million at  December 31, 2014, and $12.7 
million at December 31, 2015.   

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recapping  important  events  from  2014  and  relevant  history,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  $32.6  million  of  cumulative  trust 
preferred securities by its subsidiary, Old Second Capital Trust I in July 2003.  These trust preferred securities remain outstanding for a 
30-year term, but subject to regulatory approval, they can be called in whole or in part at the Company’s discretion after an initial five-
year  period,  which  has  since  passed.    The  Company  does  not  currently  intend  to  seek  regulatory  approval  to  call  these  securities.  
Dividends are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 7.80% and are included in interest expense in the consolidated financial statements 
even  when  deferred.    Likewise,  the  Company  issued  an  additional  $25.8  million  of  cumulative  trust  preferred  securities  through  a 
private placement completed by a second unconsolidated subsidiary, Old Second Capital Trust II in April 2007.  These trust preferred 
securities also  mature in 30  years, but  subject to the  aforementioned regulatory approval,  can be called in  whole or in part in 2017.  
When not in deferral the quarterly cash distributions on the securities are fixed at 6.77% through June 15, 2017 and float at 150 basis 
points  over  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  thereafter.    The  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  on  August  18, 
2015, with an effective date of June 15, 2017.  This transaction had a notional amount totaling $25.8 million as of December 31, 2015, 
was  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  of  certain  junior  subordinated  debentures  and  was  determined  to  be  fully  effective  during  the 
period presented.  As such, no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income.  Therefore, the aggregate fair value of the 
swap  is  recorded  in  other  liabilities  with  changes  in  fair  value  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  tax.    The  amount 
included in other comprehensive  income  would be  reclassified to current earnings  should all or a portion of the  hedge no longer be 
considered effective.  The Company expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.  The Bank will 
pay the counterparty a fixed rate and receive a  floating rate based on three month LIBOR.  Management concluded that it would be 
advantageous  to  enter  into  this  transaction  given  that  the  Company  has  trust  preferred  securities  that  will  change  from  fixed  rate  to 
floating rate on June 15, 2017.  The cash flow hedge has a maturity date of June 15, 2037. 

The Company is currently paying interest on all trust preferred securities as that interest comes due.  As of December 31, 2015, trust 
preferred proceeds of $44.1 million qualified as Tier 1 regulatory capital and $12.5 million qualified as Tier 2 regulatory capital.  As of 
December 31, 2014, trust preferred proceeds of $56.6 million qualified as  Tier 1 regulatory capital.    Additionally, $18.0 million and 
$27.0 million of the $45.0 million in subordinated debt that was obtained to finance the February 2008 acquisition qualified as Tier 2 
regulatory capital as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. 

In January 2009, the Company issued and sold (i) 73,000 shares of Series B Stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 815,339 shares of its 
common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $13.43  per  share  to  the  Treasury.    The  total  liquidation  value  of  the  Series B  Stock  and  the 
warrant was $73.0 million at issuance.  All of the Series B Stock held by Treasury was sold to third parties, including certain of the 
Company’s directors, in public auctions that were completed in the first quarter of 2013.   The warrant was also sold at a subsequent 
auction  to  a  third  party.    At  December 31, 2014,  the  Company  carried  $47.3  million  of  Series B  Stock  in  total  stockholders’ 
equity.  During 2015 the Company redeemed $15.8 million of Series B Stock in the first quarter of 2015 and the remaining shares in the 
third quarter of 2015.  As of December 31, 2015 the Series B Stock is fully redeemed. 

At  December 31, 2015,  the  Bank’s  Tier  1  capital  leverage  ratio  was  9.94%,  down  208  basis  points  from  December 31, 2014.    The 
Bank’s total capital ratio  was  15.23%,  down 350  basis points  from  December 31, 2014.  The  Company’s regulatory capital ratios of 
Total capital to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets,  Tier 1 capital to risk  weighted assets and Tier 1 
capital  to  average  assets  decreased  to  15.56%,  10.55%,  12.30%  and  8.69%,  at  December  31,  2015,  respectively,  compared  to  the 
Company’s regulatory capital ratios of Total capital to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to 
average assets to 17.68%, 14.44% and 9.93%, respectively, at December 31, 2014.  The Company, on a consolidated basis, exceeded 
the minimum capital ratios to be deemed “well capitalized” at December 31, 2015 pursuant to the capital requirements in effect at that 
time.  All ratios conform to the regulatory calculation requirements in effect as of the date noted. 

At  December  31,  2015,  and  December 31, 2014,  the  Company,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  exceeded  the  minimum  thresholds  to  be 
considered  “adequately  capitalized”  under  current  regulatory  defined  capital  ratios.    The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to 
regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies.  Generally, if adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is 
not  required  to  accept  brokered  deposits.    In  addition  to  the  above  regulatory  ratios,  the  Company’s  non-GAAP  tangible  common 
equity  to  tangible  assets  increased  from  7.12%  at  December 31, 2014,  to  7.50%  at  December 31, 2015,  largely  attributable  to  the 
increased tangible common equity as a result of the redemption of the Series B Stock. 

The Company repurchased 21,579 shares for $117,000 in 2015, resulting in an increase in treasury stock to 4,943,805 shares and $96.0 
million  as of December 31, 2015.  The Company repurchased  9,600 shares  for $46,000 in 2014, resulting  in an increase in treasury 
stock to 4,922,226 shares and $95.8 million as of December 31, 2014.  Treasury stock repurchased decreases stockholders’ equity, but 
also increases earnings per share by reducing the number of shares outstanding.  No  stock options were exercised in the years ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity  is the  Company’s ability to  fund operations, to  meet depositor  withdrawals, to provide for customer’s credit needs, and to 
meet  maturing  obligations  and  existing  commitments.   The  liquidity  of  the  Company  principally  depends  on  cash  flows  from  net 
operating activities, including pledging requirements, investment in, and  both maturity and repayment of assets, changes in balances of 
deposits and borrowings, and its ability to borrow funds.   In addition, the Company’s liquidity depends on the Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends, which is subject to certain regulatory requirements.  See “Supervision and Regulation”.  The Company continually monitors 
41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
its  cash  position  and  borrowing  capacity  as  well  as  performs  monthly  stress  tests  of  contingency  funding  as  part  of  its  liquidity 
management process.  Stress testing of liquidity for contingency funding purposes includes tests that outline scenarios for specifically 
identified liquidity risk events, which are then aggregated into a Bank-wide assessment of liquidity risk stress levels.  The outcomes of 
these tests are reviewed by management and the Company’s Board of Directors monthly. 

Net cash inflows from operating activities were $21.1 million during 2015, compared with outflows of $6.3 million in 2014 and inflows 
of $35.3 million in 2013.  Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale, net of funds used to originate loans held-for-sale, was a source of 
inflows for 2015 and 2014.  Interest received, net of interest paid, combined with changes in provision for loan losses, and other assets 
and liabilities were a source of outflows for 2015, and 2014.  The Company recorded a deferred income tax benefit of $70.4 million 
including a DTA reversal for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Management of investing and financing activities, as well as market 
conditions, determines the level and the stability of net interest cash flows.  Management’s policy is to mitigate the impact of changes 
in market interest rates to the extent possible as part of the balance sheet management process. 

Net cash outflows from investing activities were $32.2 million in 2015, compared to net cash outflows of $66.1 million in 2014 and net 
cash  inflows  of  $9.6  million  in  2013.    In  2015,  securities  transactions  accounted  for  a  net  outflow  of  $65.9  million,  net  principal 
received on loans accounted for net  inflows of $16.1 million, and proceeds from the sales of OREO assets accounted  for inflows of 
$18.8  million.    In  2014,  securities  transactions  accounted  for  a  net  outflow  of  $12.8  million,  and  net  principal  received  on  loans 
accounted for net outflows of $74.3 million whereas proceeds from the sale of OREO assets accounted for inflows of $22.9 million. 

Net cash inflows from financing activities in 2015, were $7.2 million compared with net cash inflows of $69.0 million in 2014, while 
2013 had net cash outflows of $125.7 million.  Significant cash inflows from financing activities in 2015 included increases of $74.0 
million  in  deposits  and  $13.0  million  in  securities  sold  under  repurchase  agreements.    Significant  cash  outflows  from  financing 
activities in 2015 include the Series B Stock redemption of $47.3 million, $30.0 million in the reductions of other short-term borrowing 
and  $2.4  million  in  dividends  paid  on  the  Series  B  Stock.    Significant  cash  inflows  from  financing  activities  in  2014  included  the 
proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  common  stock  of  $64.3  million  and  increases  of  $40.0  million  in  other  short-term  borrowings.  
Significant cash outflows from financing activities in 2014 include the Series B Stock redemption of $24.3 million and $12.4 million in 
dividends paid on the Series B Stock. 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Off-balance sheet arrangements 

The  Company  has  various  financial  obligations  that  may  require  future  cash  payments.    The  following  table  presents,  as  of 
December 31, 2015,  significant  fixed  and  determinable  contractual  obligations  (all  dollars  in  thousands)  to  third  parties  by  payment 
date: 

Deposits without a stated maturity 
Certificates of deposit 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 
Purchase obligations 
Automatic teller machine leases 
Operating leases 
Nonqualified voluntary deferred compensation plan 

Total  

  Within 
      One Year 
  $   1,351,237 
 155,633  
 34,070  
 15,000  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 671  
 46  
 4  
 92  
  $   1,556,753 

  One to 

  Three to 
     Three Years      Five Years      Five Years      

  Over 

 $ 

 $ 

 - 
 178,258  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 45,000  
 500  
 279  
 57  
 -  
 158  
 224,252 

 $ 

 $ 

 - 
 73,958  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 15  
 -  
 48  
 74,021 

 $ 

 - 
 -  
 -  
 -  
    58,378  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,325  
 59,703 

 $ 

Total 
 $   1,351,237  
 407,849  
 34,070  
 15,000  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 950  
 118  
 4  
 1,623  
 $   1,914,729  

Purchase obligations represent obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on 
the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable 
price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  The purchase obligation amounts presented above primarily relate to 
certain  contractual  payments  for  services  provided  for  information  technology,  capital  expenditures,  and  the  outsourcing  of  certain 
operational activities.  The Company routinely enters into contracts for services.  These contracts may require payment for services to 
be provided in the future and may also contain penalty clauses for early termination. In this disclosure, the Company has made an effort 
to estimate such payments, where applicable.  Additionally, where necessary, all data reflects reasonable management estimates as to 
certain  purchase  obligations  as  of  December 31, 2015.    Management  has  used  the  information  available  to  make  the  estimations 
necessary to value the related purchase obligations. 

Derivative  contracts,  which  include  contracts  under  which  the  Company  either  receives  cash  from,  or  pays  cash  to,  counterparties 
reflecting changes in interest rates are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet as disclosed in Note 19 of the Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.  Because the fair value 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
of derivative contracts changes daily as market interest rates change, the derivative assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at 
December 31, 2015, do not necessarily represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid.  As a result, these assets and liabilities are 
not included in the table of contractual obligations presented above. 

Assets under management and assets under custody are held in fiduciary or custodial capacity for clients.  In accordance with  GAAP, 
these assets are not included on the Company’s balance sheet. 

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk address the financing needs of our clients.  These instruments include commitments to 
extend credit as well as performance, standby and commercial letters of credit.  Further discussion of these commitments is included in 
Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2015: 

Commitment to extend credit: 
Commercial secured by real estate 
Revolving open end residential 
Other 
Financial standby letters of credit (borrowers) 
Performance standby letters of credit (borrowers) 
Commercial letters of credit (borrowers) 
Performance standby letters of credit (others) 

Total  

      Within 
  One Year 

      One to 
  Three Years    Five Years    Five Years   

      Three to        Over 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 8,473 
 9,573 
 116,479 
 3,572 
 7,366 
 47 
 575 
 146,085 

 $ 

 $ 

 7,603 
 29,896 
 25,520 
 55 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 63,074 

 $ 

 $ 

 2,189 
 13,185 
 440 
 5 
 50 
 - 
 - 
 15,869 

 $ 

 $ 

 4,836 
 42,343 
 8,388 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 55,567 

 $ 

 $ 

 23,101  
 94,997  
 150,827  
 3,632  
 7,416  
 47  
 575  
 280,595  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Interest rate risk 
As part of its normal operations, the Company is subject to interest-rate risk on the assets it invests in (primarily loans and securities) 
and the liabilities it funds (primarily customer deposits and borrowed funds), as well as its ability to manage such risk.  Fluctuations in 
interest  rates  may  result  in  changes  in  the  fair  market  values  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  cash  flows,  and  net  interest 
income.  Like most financial institutions, the Company has an exposure to changes in both short-term and long-term interest rates. 

In  December  2015,  the  Federal  Reserve  raised  short-term  interest  rates  by  0.25%.    It  is  uncertain  whether  the  Federal  Reserve  will 
move short-term interest rates higher during the course of 2016.  Generally, the Federal Reserve action has not had a significant impact 
on long-term rates.  The Company manages interest rate risk within guidelines established by policy which limits the amount of rate 
exposure.  In practice, interest rate  risk exposure is  maintained  well  within those guidelines  and does not pose a material risk to the 
future earnings of the Company.  

The Company manages various market risks in its normal course of operations, including credit, liquidity risk, and interest-rate risk.  
Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the 
Company’s business activities and operations.  In addition, since the Company does not hold a trading portfolio, it is not exposed to 
significant market risk from trading activities.  The changes in the Company’s interest rate risk exposures at December 31, 2015, and 
December 31, 2014, are outlined in the table below. 

The  Company's  net  income  can  be  significantly  influenced  by  a  variety  of  external  factors,  including:  overall  economic  conditions, 
policies and actions of regulatory authorities, the amounts of and rates at which assets and liabilities reprice, variances in prepayment of 
loans and securities other than those that are assumed, early withdrawal of deposits, exercise of call options on borrowings or securities, 
competition,  a  general  rise  or  decline  in  interest  rates,  changes  in  the  slope  of  the  yield-curve,  changes  in  historical  relationships 
between indices (such as LIBOR and prime), and balance sheet growth or contraction.  The Company's ALCO seeks to manage interest 
rate  risk  under  a  variety  of  rate  environments  by  structuring  the  Company's  balance  sheet  and  off-balance  sheet  positions,  which 
includes interest rate swap derivatives as discussed in Note 19 of the financial statements included in this  annual report.  The risk is 
monitored and managed within approved policy limits. 

The Company utilizes simulation analysis to quantify the impact of various rate scenarios on net interest income.  Specific cash flows, 
repricing characteristics, and embedded options of the assets and liabilities held by the Company are incorporated into the simulation 
model.    Earnings  at  risk  is  calculated  by  comparing  the  net  interest  income  of  a  stable  interest  rate  environment  to  the  net  interest 
income of a different interest rate environment in order to determine the percentage change.  Significant declines in interest rates that 
occurred during the first half of 2012 had made it impossible to calculate valid interest rate scenarios for rate declines of 1.0% or more, 
a  situation  that  continues  to  date.    As  of  December  2014,  the  Company  had  modest  amounts  of  earnings  gains  (in  both  dollars  and 
percentage) should interest rates rise.  The gains in the rising rate scenarios increased significantly as of December 2015, due to (1) an 
interest rate swap to fix the rate on the Company's Old Second Capital Trust II Preferred debt when it changes to floating rate debt in 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2017, (2) increases in adjustable-rate loans and securities and (3) increases in checking deposits whose rates change little when 
market  interest  rates  increase.    Management  considers  the  current  level  of  interest  rate  risk  to  be  moderate,  but  intends  to  continue 
closely monitoring changes in that risk in case corrective actions might be needed in the future.  Federal Funds rates and the Bank's 
prime rate rose 0.25% in December of 2015, to 0.50% and 3.50%, respectively. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  effect  on  annual  income  before  income  taxes  based  upon  an  immediate  increase  or  decrease  in 
interest rates of 0.5%, 1%, and 2% and no change in the slope of the yield curve.  The -2% and -1% sections of the table do not show 
model changes for those magnitudes of decrease due to the low interest rate environment over the relevant time periods. 

December 31, 2015 
Dollar change 
Percent change 

December 31, 2014 
Dollar change 
Percent change 

Analysis of Net Interest Income Sensitivity 

       (2.0) %         (1.0) %           

Immediate Changes in Rates 
 0.5 %           

 (0.5) %           

 1.0 %           

 2.0 % 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

  N/A  
  N/A  

$ 

 (1,058)  

$ 

 (1.9) %   

 711  
 1.3 %   

$   1,569  

$   3,339  

 2.8 %   

 6.1 % 

  N/A  
  N/A  

$ 

 (718)  
 (1.2) %   

$ 

 264  
 0.5 %   

$   1,086  

$   2,243  

 1.9 %   

 3.9 % 

The  amounts  and  assumptions  used  in  the  simulation  model  should  not  be  viewed  as  indicative  of  expected  actual  results.    Actual 
results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market 
conditions and management strategies.  The above results do not take into account any management action to mitigate potential risk. 

Effects of Inflation 
In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than 
changes in the inflation rate.  While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not change at the same 
rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate.  Rather, interest rate volatility is based on changes in the expected rate of inflation, 
as well as on changes in monetary and fiscal policies.  A financial institution’s ability to be relatively unaffected by changes in interest 
rates is a good indicator of its capability to perform in today’s volatile economic environment.  The Company seeks to insulate itself 
from interest rate volatility by using its best efforts to ensure that rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities respond to changes in 
interest rates in a similar time frame and to a similar degree. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2015 and 2014 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost 
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock 
Loans held-for-sale 
Loans 
Less: allowance for loan losses 

Net loans 

Premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned 
Mortgage servicing rights, net 
Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) 
Deferred tax assets, net 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits: 

Noninterest bearing demand 
Interest bearing: 

Savings, NOW, and money market 
Time 

Total deposits 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock 
Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Treasury stock 

Total stockholders’ equity 

  December 31,  

  December 31,  

2015 

2014 

$ 

$ 

 26,975 
 13,363 
 40,338 
 456,066 
 247,746 
 8,518 
 2,849 
 1,133,715 
 16,223 
 1,117,492 
 39,612 
 19,141 
 5,847 
 58,028 
 64,552 
 17,674 
 2,077,863 

 $ 

 $ 

 30,101 
 14,096 
 44,197 
 385,486 
 259,670 
 9,058 
 5,072 
 1,159,332 
 21,637 
 1,137,695 
 42,335 
 31,982 
 5,462 
 56,807 
 70,141 
 13,882 
 2,061,787 

$ 

 442,639 

 $ 

 400,447 

 908,598 
 407,849 
 1,759,086 
 34,070 
 15,000 
 58,378 
 45,000 
 500 
 9,900 
 1,921,934 

 - 
 34,427 
 115,918 
 114,209 
 (12,659) 
 (95,966) 

 155,929 

 865,103 
 419,505 
 1,685,055 
 21,036 
 45,000 
 58,378 
 45,000 
 500 
 12,655 
 1,867,624 

 47,331 
 34,365 
 115,332 
 100,697 
 (7,713) 
 (95,849) 

 194,163 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

 2,077,863 

 $ 

 2,061,787 

December 31, 2015 

December 31, 2014 

  Preferred 
      Stock 
  $ 

  Common 

  Preferred 

  Common 

Stock 

      Stock 

Stock 

 1   $ 

 1   $ 

 1 

 1   $ 
 -  
  300,000  
 -  
 -  
-  

N/A 
  60,000,000  
  34,427,234  
  29,483,429  
   4,943,805  

 1,000  
  300,000  
   47,331  
   47,331  
-  

N/A 
  60,000,000 
  34,364,734 
  29,442,508 
   4,922,226 

Par value 
Liquidation value 
Shares authorized 
Shares issued 
Shares outstanding 
Treasury shares 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2014 

2015 

2013 

$ 

 53,035    $ 
 189   

 52,926    $ 
 133   

Interest and dividend income 
Loans, including fees 
Loans held-for-sale 
Securities: 

Taxable 
Tax exempt 

Dividends from Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 

Total interest and dividend income 

Interest expense 
Savings, NOW, and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 

Total interest expense 
Net interest and dividend income 

Loan loss reserve release 

Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses  

Noninterest income 
Trust income 
Service charges on deposits 
Secondary mortgage fees 
Mortgage servicing gain, net of changes in fair value 
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans 
Securities (loss) gain, net 
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance 
Death benefit realized on bank-owned life insurance 
Debit card interchange income 
(Loss) gain on disposal and transfer of fixed assets, net 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense, net 
Furniture and equipment expense 
FDIC insurance 
General bank insurance 
Amortization of core deposit 
Advertising expense 
Debit card interchange expense 
Legal fees 
Other real estate expense, net 
Other expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income 
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount 
Dividends waived upon preferred stock redemption 
Gain on preferred stock redemption 
Net income available to common stockholders 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

 14,037   
 542   
 306   
 55   
 68,164   

 734   
 3,201   
 33   
 4,287   
 814   
 7   
 9,076   
 59,088   
 (4,400)  
 63,488   

 5,953   
 6,820   
 907   
 487   
 5,775   
 (178)  
 1,221   
 -   
 4,028   
 (1,119)  
 5,400   
 29,294   

 35,061   
 4,749   
 4,430   
 1,334   
 1,273   
 -   
 1,340   
 1,514   
 1,175   
 5,191   
 12,354   
 68,421   
 24,361   
 8,976   
 15,385    $ 
 1,873   
 -   
 -   
 13,512    $ 

 14,131   
 472   
 309   
 73   
 68,044   

 738   
 4,500   
 19   
 4,919   
 792   
 16   
 10,984   
 57,060   
 (3,300)  
 60,360   

 6,198   
 7,079   
 621   
 209   
 3,594   
 1,719   
 1,397   
 -   
 3,806   
 (121)  
 4,714   
 29,216   

 36,167   
 4,963   
 3,972   
 2,170   
 1,561   
 1,177   
 1,278   
 1,631   
 1,333   
 6,917   
 12,510   
 73,679   
 15,897   
 5,761   
 10,136    $ 
 5,062   
 (5,433)  
 (1,348)  
 11,855    $ 

 56,193 
 156 

 11,692 
 587 
 304 
 108 
 69,040 

 859 
 6,774 
 28 
 5,298 
 811 
 16 
 13,786 
 55,254 
 (8,550) 
 63,804 

 6,339 
 7,256 
 821 
 1,913 
 5,627 
 (1,912) 
 1,603 
 381 
 3,458 
 9 
 5,688 
 31,183 

 36,688 
 5,032 
 4,264 
 4,027 
 2,318 
 2,099 
 1,225 
 1,433 
 2,066 
 10,747 
 13,245 
 83,144 
 11,843 
 (70,242) 
 82,085 
 5,258 
 - 
 - 
 76,827 

 0.46    $ 
 0.46   

 0.46    $ 
 0.46   

 5.45 
 5.45 

$ 

$ 

$ 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 
(In thousands) 

Net Income 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2014 
  $   15,385   $   10,136   $   82,085 

2015 

2013 

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during the period 
Related tax benefit  
Holding losses after tax on available-for-sale securities 

   (8,624)  
   3,382  
   (5,242)  

 (394)  
 165  
 (229)  

  (11,965) 
 4,924 
   (7,041) 

Less: Reclassification adjustment for the net (losses) gains realized during the period 

Net realized (losses) gains 
Income tax benefit (expense) on net realized (losses) gains 
Net realized (losses) gains after tax 

Other comprehensive loss on available-for-sale securities 

Accretion of net unrealized holding gains on held-to-maturity securities transferred from 
available-for-sale securities 
Related tax expense 

Other comprehensive income on held-to-maturity securities 

Changes in fair value of derivatives used for cashflow hedges 
Related tax benefit 

Other comprehensive loss on cashflow hedges 

Total other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

 (178)  
 71  
 (107)  
   (5,135)  

   1,719  
 (704)  
   1,015  
   (1,244)  

   (1,912) 
 784 
   (1,128) 
   (5,913) 

 964  
 (396)  
 568  

 (631)  
 252  
 (379)  

 968  
 (399)  
 569  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 343 
 (141) 
 202 

 - 
 - 
 - 

   (4,946)  
  $   10,439   $ 

   (5,711) 
 (675)  
 9,461   $   76,374 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013  
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvement 
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights 
Loan loss reserve release 
Gain on recapture of restricted stock 
Provision for deferred tax expense (benefit) 
Originations of loans held-for-sale 
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale 
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans 
Change in current income taxes receivable (payable) 
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance 
Death claim on bank-owned life insurance 
Change in accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Net premium amortization/discount (accretion) on securities 
Securities losses (gains), net 
Amortization of core deposit 
Stock based compensation 
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned 
Provision for other real estate owned losses 
Net gain on disposal of fixed assets 
Loss on transfer of premises to other real estate owned 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Proceeds from maturities and calls including pay down of securities available-for-sale 
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale 
Purchases of securities available-for-sale 
Proceeds from maturities and calls including pay down of securities held-to-maturity 
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity 
Proceeds from sales of Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Net change in loans 
Improvements in other real estate owned 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned 
Proceeds from disposition of premises and equipment 
Net purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net change in deposits 
Net change in securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Net change in other short-term borrowings 
Redemption of preferred stock 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock 
Dividends paid on preferred stock 
Purchase of treasury stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

  $ 

 15,385   $ 

 10,136   $ 

 82,085 

 2,386  
 1,141  
 (4,400)  
 -  
 8,756  
  (190,041)  
  196,431  
 (5,775)  
 100  
 (1,221)  
 -  
 (3,949)  
 (2,668)  
 79  
 178  
 -  
 613  
 (1,073)  
 4,076  
 (20)  
 1,139  
 21,137  

 46,230  
 70,176  
  (196,082)  
    13,281 
 -  
 540  
 16,073  
 -  
 18,836  
 30  
 (1,280)  
   (32,196)  

 2,485  
 1,214  
 (3,300)  
 -  
 5,563  
 (122,996)  
 124,458  
 (3,594)  
 86  
 (1,397)  
 -  
 (581)  
 (20,001)  
 (1,824)  
 (1,719)  
 1,177  
 295  
 (989)  
 4,559  
 -  
 121  
 (6,307)  

 16,520  
 296,013  
 (325,020)  
 9,703 
 (11,212)  
 1,234  
 (74,338)  
 (794)  
 22,857  
 1  
 (1,097)  
 (66,133)  

 2,794 
 (260) 
 (8,550) 
 (612) 
   (70,376) 
  (181,497) 
   191,019 
 (5,627) 
 (132) 
 (1,603) 
 396 
 8,764 
 8,877 
 (528) 
 1,912 
 2,099 
 167 
 (1,956) 
 8,293 
 (9) 
 - 
 35,256 

 40,028 
   533,302 
  (609,033) 
  2,444 
   (21,382) 
 910 
 21,505 
 (73) 
 43,668 
 10 
 (1,798) 
 9,581 

 74,031  
 13,034  
   (30,000)  
   (47,331)  
 -  
 (2,417)  
 (117)  
 7,200  
 (3,859)  
 44,197  
 40,338   $ 

  $ 

 2,927  
 (1,524)  
 40,000  
 (24,321)  
 64,331  
 (12,390)  
 (46)  
 68,977  
 (3,463)  
 47,660  
 44,197   $ 

   (35,091) 
 4,685 
   (95,000) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (278) 
  (125,684) 
   (80,847) 
   128,507 
 47,660 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended  
December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

$ 

 118   $ 

 40   $ 

 3,958  
 5,142  
 8,530  
 468  
 -  
 -  
 (544)  
 -  
 -  

 5,533  
   22,708  
   13,918  
 2,160  
 -  
 -  
   (9,112)  
 58  
 -  

 266 
 7,868 
 864 
   19,194 
 - 
 5,329 
  237,154 
 511 
 1,073 
 43 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Continued 
(In thousands) 

Supplemental cash flow information 
Income taxes paid, net 
Interest paid for deposits 
Interest paid for borrowings 
Non-cash transfer of loans to other real estate owned 
Non-cash transfer of premises to other real estate owned 
Non-cash transfer of loans to securities available-for-sale 
Non-cash transfer of securities available-for-sale to securities held-to-maturity 
Change in dividends accrued and declared but not paid 
Accretion on preferred stock discount 
Fair value difference on recapture of restricted stock 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Stockholders’ Equity 
(In thousands) 

  Additional   

  Accumulated 
Other 

Total 
  Stockholders’ 
      Equity 

  Common    Preferred    Paid-In 
      Capital 
      Stock 
  $  18,729    $   71,869    $ 

  Retained 
     Earnings      
 66,189    $   12,048    $ 

      Stock 

  Comprehensive    Treasury 

Loss 

      Stock 
 (1,327)   $   (94,956)   $ 

   82,085   

 (5,711)  

 101   

 (101)  
 (43)  
 167   

 (569)  

 (278)  

  $  18,830    $   72,942    $ 

 66,212    $   92,549    $ 

 (7,038)   $   (95,803)   $ 

 1,073   

   (1,584)  

  $  18,830    $   72,942    $ 

 66,212    $   92,549    $ 

 (7,038)   $   (95,803)   $ 

   10,136   

 (675)  

 10   

 (10)  
 29   
 295   

  (25,669)  

  15,525   

   48,806   

 58   

 1,348   

   (3,336)  

 (46)  

  $  34,365    $   47,331    $   115,332    $  100,697    $ 

 (7,713)   $   (95,849)   $ 

  $  34,365    $   47,331    $   115,332    $  100,697    $ 

 (7,713)   $   (95,849)   $ 

   15,385   

 (4,946)  

 62   

 (62)  
 35   
 613   

  (47,331)  

   (1,873)  

 (117)  

  $  34,427    $ 

 -    $   115,918    $  114,209    $ 

 (12,659)   $   (95,966)   $ 

 72,552 
 82,085 
 (5,711) 
 - 
 (612) 
 167 
 (278) 
 (511) 
 147,692 

 147,692 
 10,136 
 (675) 
 - 
 29 
 295 
 (46) 
 (24,321) 
 64,331 
 (3,278) 
 194,163 

 194,163 
 15,385 
 (4,946) 
 - 
 35 
 613 
 (117) 
 (47,331) 
 (1,873) 
 155,929 

Balance, December 31, 2012 
Net Income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Change in restricted stock 
Recapture of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Preferred stock accretion and declared dividends 
Balance, December 31, 2013 

Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Change in restricted stock 
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Redemption of preferred stock 
Common stock offering 
Preferred stock accretion and declared dividends 
Balance, December 31, 2014 

Balance, December 31, 2014 
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Change in restricted stock 
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Redemption of preferred stock 
Preferred stock dividends declared 
Balance, December 31, 2015 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 
(Table amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes. 

Use of Estimates – The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles 
(“GAAP”) and following general practices within the banking industry requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.    Although  these  estimates  and 
assumptions are based on the best available information, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Principles of Consolidation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of 
the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.  Assets held in a fiduciary 
or agency capacity are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries and are not included in the consolidated financial statements. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, management has defined cash and cash 
equivalents  to  include  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  in  other  banks,  and  other  short-term  investments,  such  as 
federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. 

Securities – Securities are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity at the time of purchase or transfer. 

Securities that are classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income 
taxes, are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. 

Securities  held-to-maturity  are  carried  at  amortized  cost  and  the  discount  or  premium  created  at  acquisition  or  in  the  transfer  from 
available-for-sale is accreted or amortized to the maturity or expected payoff date but not an earlier call. 

The historical cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the estimated life of the 
security, using the level yield method.  Amortization of premium and accretion of discount are included in interest income from the 
related security. 

Purchases  and  sales  of  securities  are  recognized  on  a  trade  date  basis.    Realized  securities  gains  or  losses  are  reported  in  securities 
gains, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.  On a 
quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment (at the individual security level) to determine whether there have been any events or 
circumstances indicating that a security with an unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”).  In evaluating OTTI, the 
Company  considers  many  factors,  including  the  severity  and  duration  of  the  impairment;  the  financial  condition  and  near-term 
prospects of the issuer, which for debt securities considers external credit ratings and recent downgrades; its ability and intent to hold 
the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; and the likelihood that it will be required to sell the security before a 
recovery  in  value,  which  may  be  at  maturity.    The  amount  of  the  impairment  related  to  other  factors  is  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income (loss) unless management intends to sell the security or believes it is more likely than not that it will be required 
to sell the security prior to full recovery. 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock – The Company owns the stock of the  Federal Home Loan Bank of 
Chicago (“FHLBC”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Reserve Bank”).  Both of these entities require the Bank to invest in 
their  nonmarketable  stock  as  a  condition  of  membership.    The  FHLBC  is  a  governmental  sponsored  entity.    The  Bank  continues  to 
utilize the various products and services of the FHLBC and management considers this stock to be a long-term investment.  FHLBC 
members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional 
amounts.    FHLBC  stock  is  carried  at  cost,  classified  as  a  restricted  security,  and  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  based  on 
ultimate recovery of par value.  The Company’s ability to redeem the shares owned is dependent on the redemption practices of the 
FHLBC.  The Company records dividends in income on the ex-dividend date.  Reserve Bank stock is redeemable at par, and therefore 
market value equals cost. 

Loans  Held-for-Sale  –  The  Bank  originates  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  consist  of  loan  products  eligible  for  sale  to  the 
secondary market.  Residential mortgage loans eligible for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair market value.  The fair value 
of loans held-for-sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices on similar loans. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans – Loans held-for-investment are carried at the principal amount outstanding, including certain net deferred loan origination fees 
and costs.  Interest income on loans is accrued based on principal amounts outstanding.  Loan and lease origination fees, commitment 
fees,  and  certain  direct  loan  origination  costs  are  deferred,  and  the  net  amount  is  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  related  loans  or 
commitments as a yield adjustment.  Fees related to standby letters of credit, whose ultimate exercise is remote, are amortized into fee 
income over the estimated life of the commitment.  Other credit-related fees are recognized as fee income when earned. 

Concentration of Credit Risk – Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within Kane, Kendall, DeKalb, 
DuPage, LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois.  These banking centers surround the Chicago metropolitan area.  Therefore, the 
Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy  in that  market area since the  Bank  generally 
makes loans  within its  market.   There  are  no significant concentrations of loans  where  the customers’ ability to  honor loan terms is 
dependent upon a single economic sector. 

Commercial and Industrial Loans – Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, loans for physical asset expansion, asset 
acquisition loans and other business loans.  Loans to closely held businesses will generally be guaranteed  in full or for a meaningful 
amount by the businesses’ major owners.  Commercial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow  of the 
borrower  and  secondarily  on  the  underlying  collateral  provided  by  the  borrower.  The  cash  flows  of  borrowers,  however,  may  not 
behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors.  Minimum 
standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for all commercial loan types. 

Commercial  Real  Estate  Loans  –  Commercial  real  estate  loans  are  subject  to  underwriting  standards  and  processes  similar  to 
commercial  and  industrial  loans.  These  are  loans  secured  by  mortgages  on  real  estate  collateral.    Commercial  real  estate  loans  are 
viewed  primarily  as  cash  flow  loans  and  the  repayment  of  these  loans  is  largely  dependent  on  the  successful  operation  of  the 
property.  Loan  performance  may  be  adversely  affected  by  factors  impacting  the  general  economy  or  conditions  specific  to  the  real 
estate market such as geographic location and/or property type. 

Residential Real Estate Loans – These are loans that are extended to purchase or refinance 1  – 4 family residential dwellings, or to 
purchase or refinance  vacant  lots intended  for the construction of a 1  – 4 family  home.   Residential real estate  loans  are considered 
homogenous  in  nature.    Homes  may  be  the  primary  or  secondary  residence  of  the  borrower  or  may  be  investment  properties  of  the 
borrower. 

Real Estate Construction & Development  Loans – The  Company defines construction loans as loans  where  the  loan proceeds are 
controlled by the Company and used exclusively for the improvement of real estate in which the Company holds a mortgage.  Due to 
the inherent risk in this type of loan, they are subject to other industry specific policy guidelines outlined in the Company’s Credit Risk 
Policy and are monitored closely. 

Consumer  Loans  –  Consumer  loans  include  loans  extended  primarily  for  consumer  and  household  purposes  although  they  may 
include very small business loans for the purchase of vehicles and equipment to a single-owner enterprise and could include business 
purpose lines of credit if made under the terms of a small business product whose features and underwriting criteria are specified in 
advance by the Loan Committee.  These also include overdrafts and other items not captured by the definitions above. 

Nonaccrual  loans  –  Generally,  commercial  loans  and  loans  secured  by  real  estate  are  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  (i) when  either 
principal or interest payments become 90 days or more past due based on contractual terms unless the loan is sufficiently collateralized 
such  that  full  repayment  of  both  principal  and  interest  is  expected  and  is  in  the  process  of  collection  within  a  reasonable  period  or 
(ii) when an individual analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates a credit should be placed on nonaccrual status whether or not 
the  loan  is  90  days  or  more  past  due.  When  a  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status,  unpaid  interest  credited  to  income  is  reversed.  
Generally, after the loan is placed on nonaccrual, all debt service payments are applied to the principal on the loan.  Nonaccrual loans 
are returned to accrual status when the financial position of the borrower and other relevant factors indicate there is no longer doubt that 
the Company will collect all principal and interest due. 

Commercial loans and loans secured by real estate are generally charged-off when deemed uncollectible.  A loss is recorded at that time 
if the net realizable value can be quantified and it is less than the associated principal outstanding. 

Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (“TDRs”)  – A  restructuring  of  debt  is  considered  a  TDR  when  (i) the  borrower  is  experiencing 
financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor grants a concession, such as forgiveness of principal, reduction of the interest rate, changes in 
payments, or extension of the maturity, that it would not otherwise consider.  Loans are not classified as TDRs when the modification is 
short-term or results in only an insignificant delay or shortfall in the payments to be received.  The Company’s TDRs are determined on 
a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. 

The Company does not accrue interest on any TDRs unless it believes collection of all principal and interest under the modified terms 
is  reasonably  assured.    For  TDRs  to  accrue  interest,  the  borrower  must  demonstrate  both  some  level  of  past  performance  and  the 
capacity to perform under the modified terms.  Generally, six months of consecutive payment performance by the borrower under the 
restructured terms is required before TDRs are returned to accrual status.  However, the period could vary depending on the individual 
facts and circumstances of the loan.  An evaluation of the borrower’s current creditworthiness is used to assess whether the borrower 
52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
has the capacity to repay the loan under the modified terms.  This evaluation includes an estimate of expected cash flows, evidence of 
strong financial position, and estimates of the value of collateral, if applicable. 

Impaired  Loans  –  Impaired  loans  consist  of  nonaccrual  loans  and  TDRs  (both  accruing  and  on  nonaccrual).    A  loan  is  considered 
impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest due according to the terms 
of the loan agreement based on current information and events.  With the exception of TDRs still accruing interest, loans deemed to be 
impaired are classified as nonaccrual and are exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans, such as home equity, 1-4 family mortgages, and 
consumer loans.   

90-Days or Greater Past Due Loans – 90-days or more past due loans are loans with principal or interest payments three months or 
more  past  due,  but  that  still  accrue  interest.    The  Company  continues  to  accrue  interest  if  it  determines  these  loans  are  sufficiently 
collateralized and the process of collection will conclude within a reasonable time period. 

Allowance  for  Loan  Losses  –  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  calculated  according  to  GAAP  standards  and  is  maintained  by 
management  at  a  level  believed  adequate  to  absorb  estimated  losses  inherent  in  the  existing  loan  portfolio.    Determination  of  the 
allowance  for  loan  losses  is  inherently  subjective  since  it  requires  significant  estimates  and  management  judgment,  including  the 
amounts  and  timing  of  expected  future  cash  flows  on  impaired  loans,  estimated  losses  on  pools  of  homogeneous  loans  based  on  a 
migration analysis that uses historical loss experience, consideration of current economic trends, and other credit market factors. 

Loans  deemed  to  be  uncollectible  are  charged-off  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  while  recoveries  of  amounts  previously 
charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.  Approved releases from previously established loan loss reserves authorized 
under our allowance methodology also reduce the allowance for loan losses.  Additions to the allowance for loan losses are established 
through the provision for loan losses charged to expense.  The amount charged to operating expense depends on a number of factors, 
including historic loan growth, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-off levels, and the Company’s assessment 
of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  on  the  methodology  discussed  below.    The  Company  had  no  major  methodology  changes  in 
2014.  One methodology change, implemented in 2015, reflects the use of average balances in historical required reserve calculations to 
avoid loss rate impact if loan balances increase or decrease significantly.  Previously, period end balances were used in the required 
reserve  calculation.    A  second  methodology  change  negates  quarterly  net  recovery  data  in  the  historical  loss  rate  experience 
calculations.  The previous treatment of net recoveries  was seen as a less  meaningful treatment of current  historical loss experience.  
The last methodology change replaces the commercial real estate pool management factor with a collateral calculation on balances for 
special mention and problem accruing loans in the period.  This methodology change more accurately reflects all portfolio risk.  The 
result of these methodology changes increased the allowance for loan losses by approximately $1.3 million.   All calculations conform 
to U. S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  methodology  consists  of  (i) specific  reserves  established  for  probable  losses  on  individual  loans  for 
which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the  present  value of expected future  cash  flows or the net realizable value of the 
underlying  collateral,  if  collateral  dependent,  (ii) an  allowance  based  on  a  loss  migration  analysis  that  uses  historical  credit  loss 
experience for each loan category, and (iii) the impact as assessed by management in detailed loan review sessions of other internal and 
external qualitative and credit market factors. 

The establishment of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment and includes a level of imprecision given the 
difficulty of identifying and assessing  the  factors impacting loan repayment and estimating  the  timing and amount of  losses.   While 
management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is dependent 
upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s direct control, including the performance of its loan portfolio, the economy, changes in 
interest rates and property values, and the interpretation of loan risk classifications by regulatory authorities.  While each component of 
the allowance for loan losses is determined separately, the entire balance is available for the entire loan portfolio. 

Mortgage  Servicing  Rights  –  The  Bank  is  also  involved  in  the  business  of  servicing  mortgage  loans.    Servicing  activities  include 
collecting principal, interest,  and escrow payments  from borrowers,  making  tax and insurance payments on behalf  of the borrowers, 
monitoring delinquencies, executing foreclosure proceedings, and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to the 
investors.  Mortgage servicing rights represent the right to a  stream of cash  flows and  an obligation to  perform  specified residential 
mortgage servicing activities. 

Mortgage loans that the Company is servicing for others aggregated to  $638.2 million and $604.2 million at December 31, 2015, and 
2014, respectively.  Mortgage loans that the Company is servicing for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets.  Fees 
received  in  connection  with  servicing  loans  for  others  are  recognized  as  earned.    Loan  servicing  costs  are  charged  to  expense  as 
incurred. 

Servicing  rights  are  recognized  separately  as  assets  when  they  are  acquired  through  sales  of  loans  and  servicing  rights  are  retained.  
Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the effect recorded in gains on sales of loans on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on 
a  valuation  model  that  calculates  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  net  servicing  income.    The  valuation  model  incorporates 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, 
the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.   

Servicing  fee  income,  which  is  included  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  as  mortgage  servicing  income,  net  of  fair  value 
changes, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans.  The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding  principal or 
a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. 

Under the fair value measurement method, the Company measures mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date, reports 
changes in fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes in mortgage 
servicing gain, net of fair value changes, on the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The fair values of mortgage servicing rights are 
subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) – Real estate assets acquired in settlement of loans are recorded at fair value when acquired, 
less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis.  Any deficiency between the net book value and fair value at the foreclosure 
or  deed  in  lieu  date  is  charged  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    If  fair  value  declines  after  acquisition,  a  valuation  allowance  is 
established for the decrease between the recorded value and the updated fair value less costs to sell.  Such declines are included in other 
noninterest expense.  A subsequent reversal of an OREO valuation adjustment can occur, but the resultant carrying value cannot exceed 
the cost basis established at transfer to OREO.  OREO properties are valued at the lower of cost or  fair value less estimated costs to 
sell.  Operating costs after acquisition are also expensed. 

Premises  and  Equipment – Premises,  furniture,  equipment,  and  leasehold  improvements  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated 
depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation expense is determined by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the 
assets.    Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the  life  of  the  asset  or  the  lease  term 
including  anticipated  renewals.    Rates  of  depreciation  are  generally  based  on  the  following  useful  lives:  buildings,  25  to  40 years; 
building improvements,  3 to  15 years or longer under limited circumstances; and furniture  and equipment,  3 to  10 years.  Gains and 
losses on dispositions are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  Maintenance and repairs are 
charged  to  operating  expenses  as  incurred,  while  improvements  that  conform  to  definitions  of  tangible  property  improvements  are 
capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life. 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) – BOLI represents life insurance policies on the lives of certain Company employees (both 
current  and  former)  for  which  the  Company  is  the  sole  owner  and  beneficiary.    These  policies  are  recorded  as  an  asset  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Condition  at  their  cash  surrender  value  (“CSV”)  or  the  amount  that  could  be  realized.    The 
change in CSV and insurance proceeds received are recorded as BOLI income in the Consolidated Statements of Income in noninterest 
income. 

Core Deposit Intangible – The core deposit intangible (“CDI”) was amortized on an accelerated method over its useful life and was 
fully amortized in 2014.     

Loss Contingencies – Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as 
liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management does not 
believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Wealth  Management – Assets  held  in  a  fiduciary  or  agency  capacity  for  customers  are  not  included  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as they are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries.  Fee income is included as a component of noninterest income in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Advertising Costs – All advertising costs incurred by the Company are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. 

Long-term Incentive Plan – Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees based 
upon the fair value of the awards at the date of grant.  A binomial model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the 
market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.  Compensation cost is recognized 
over  the  required  service  period,  generally  defined  as  the  vesting  period.   Once  the  award  is  settled,  the  Company  would  determine 
whether the cumulative tax deduction exceeded the cumulative compensation cost recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.  
The cumulative tax deduction would include both the deductions from the dividends and the deduction from the exercise or vesting of 
the  award.    If  the  tax  benefit  received  from  the  cumulative  deductions  exceeds  the  tax  effect  of  the  recognized  cumulative 
compensation cost, the excess would be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital. 

Income Taxes – The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in Illinois.  The provision for income taxes 
is based on income in the consolidated financial statements, rather than amounts reported on the Company’s income tax return.  Income 
tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial 
statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.    Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be  recovered or settled.  A  full  valuation allowance  was previously established for the deferred tax assets excluding  the 
amount associated  with a net  unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale  investment securities.  Due to the implicit  recovery of the 
book basis of the underlying  securities along  with  management’s intent and ability to hold the securities to recovery or maturity,  no 
valuation allowance on this specific deferred tax asset  was established.  At September 30, 2013, the Company reversed a significant 
portion of the  valuation allowance after an analysis of both positive and negative evidence concerning the likelihood of deferred tax 
asset recognition under GAAP.  The remaining portion of the valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets was reversed in 2014.  
See Note 11 – Income Taxes for further discussion. 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company evaluated tax positions taken for filing with the Internal Revenue Service and all state 
jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company believes that income tax filing positions will be sustained under examination and does not 
anticipate any adjustments that would result in a  material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or 
cash  flows.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  not  recorded  any  reserves  or  related  accruals  for  interest  and  penalties  for  uncertain  tax 
positions at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue 
Service from 2012 to 2014 and the appropriate state income taxing authorities from 2011 to 2014. 

Earnings  Per  Common  Share  (“EPS”) – Basic  EPS  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  applicable  to  common  stockholders  by  the 
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to 
common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the number of additional common shares that 
would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential shares had been issued.  The Company’s potential common shares represent shares 
issuable under its long-term incentive compensation plans and under the common stock  warrant issued to preferred stockholders.  Such 
common stock equivalents are computed based on the treasury stock method using the average market price for the period. 

Treasury Stock – Treasury stock acquired is recorded at cost and is carried as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated 
Balance  Sheet.    Treasury  stock  issued  is  valued  based  on  the  “last  in,  first  out”  inventory  method.    The  difference  between  the 
consideration received upon issuance and the carrying value is charged or credited to additional paid-in capital. 

Mortgage  Banking  Derivatives  –  As  part  of  ongoing  residential  mortgage  business,  the  Company  enters  into  mortgage  banking 
derivatives such as forward contracts and interest rate  lock commitments.  The  derivatives and loans held-for-sale  are carried at fair 
value with the changes in fair value recorded in current earnings.  The net gain or loss on mortgage banking derivatives is included in 
gain on sale of loans. 

Derivative Financial Instruments – The Company occasionally enters into derivative financial instruments as part of its interest rate 
risk management strategies.  These derivative financial instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps. 

The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet  at fair  value.  The accounting for changes in the  fair  value of derivatives 
depends on the intended use of the derivative and whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative as a hedging relationship 
and apply  hedge accounting.   A  further consideration involves a determination on  whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the 
criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.  Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair 
value  of  an  asset,  liability,  or  firm  commitment  attributable  to  a  particular  risk,  such  as  interest  rate  risk,  are  considered  fair  value 
hedges.  Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with 
the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the  hedged asset or liability that  are  attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value 
hedge  or  the  earnings  effect  of  the  hedged  forecasted  transactions  in  a  cash  flow  hedge.    The  Company  may  enter  into  derivative 
contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects 
not to apply hedge accounting. 

If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued, and the adjustment 
to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in earnings.  For a derivative used to hedge changes in cash flows associated with 
forecasted  transactions,  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  effective  portion  of  the  derivative  are  deferred  and  reported  as  a  component  of 
accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a component of shareholders’ equity, until such time the hedged transaction affects 
earnings.  For derivative instruments not accounted for as hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in noninterest income/expense.  
Counterparty risk with correspondent banks is considered through loan covenant agreements and, as such, does not have a significant 
impact on the fair value of the swaps.  Deferred gains and losses from derivatives not accounted for as hedges and that are terminated 
are amortized over the shorter of the original remaining term of the derivative or the remaining life of the underlying asset or liability. 

Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income is the total of reported earnings for all other revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are 
not  reported  in  earnings  under  GAAP.    The  Company  includes  the  following  items,  net  of  tax,  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income: (i) changes in unrealized gains or losses on securities available-for-sale, (ii) changes in 
unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  securities  held-to-maturity  established  upon  transfer  from  securities  available-for-sale  and  (iii) the  effective 
portion of a derivative used to hedge cash flows. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New  Accounting  Pronouncements:    In  May 2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers 
(Topic 606)."  The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods 
and  services.    ASU  2014-09  was  to  be  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2016,  including  interim 
periods  within  that  reporting  period.    The  Company  is  assessing  the  impact  of  ASU  2014-09  on  its  accounting  and  disclosures.    In 
August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) Deferral of the Effective Date.”  
This accounting standards update defers the effective date for an additional year to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2017.  

Note 2: Cash and Due from Banks 

The  Bank  is  required  to  maintain  reserve  balances  with  the  Reserve  Bank.    In  accordance  with  the  Reserve  Bank  requirements,  the 
average reserve balances were $10.7 million and $16.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. 

The  nature  of  the  Company’s  business  requires  that  it  maintain  amounts  with  other  banks  and  federal  funds  which,  at  times,  may 
exceed federally insured limits.  Management monitors these correspondent relationships, and the Company has not experienced any 
losses in such accounts.  In 2014, the Bank also had a  $4.4 million pledge requirement, met with cash, to a correspondent bank as it 
relates to credit card processing services and there was no such requirement in 2015. 

Note 3: Securities 

Investment Portfolio Management 

Our investment portfolio serves the liquidity and income needs of the Company.  While the portfolio serves as an important component 
of the overall  liquidity  management at the Bank, portions of the portfolio  will also  serve as income producing assets.  The size  and 
composition of the portfolio reflects liquidity needs, loan demand and interest income objectives. 

Portfolio  size  and  composition  will  be  adjusted  from  time  to  time.    While  a  significant  portion  of  the  portfolio  consists  of  readily 
marketable  securities  to  address  liquidity,  other  parts  of  the  portfolio  may  reflect  funds  invested  pending  future  loan  demand  or  to 
maximize interest income without undue interest rate risk. 

Investments are comprised of debt securities and non-marketable equity investments.  Until the third quarter of 2013, all debt securities 
had been classified as available-for-sale.  Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, 
on securities available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity.  This balance sheet component changes as interest rates 
and market conditions change.  Unrealized gains and losses are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital. 

Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost and the discount or premium created in the 2013 transfer from available-for-
sale securities or at the time of purchase thereafter is accreted or amortized to the maturity or expected payoff date but not an earlier 
call.  In accordance with GAAP, the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. 

Nonmarketable equity investments include FHLBC stock and Reserve Bank stock.  FHLBC stock was $3.7 million and $4.3 million at 
December 31, 2015,  and  December 31, 2014.    Reserve  Bank  stock  was  $4.8  million  at  December 31, 2015,  and  December 31, 2014.  
Our FHLBC stock is necessary to maintain access to FHLBC advances. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  the  securities  portfolio  at  December 31, 2015  and 
December 31, 2014 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015: 
Securities Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Total Securities Available-for-Sale 

Securities Held-to-Maturity 

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total Securities Held-to-Maturity 

December 31, 2014: 
Securities Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Total Securities Available-for-Sale 

Securities Held-to-Maturity 

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total Securities Held-to-Maturity 

Gross 

Gross 

  Amortized 

  Unrealized 

  Unrealized 

Cost 

Gains 

Losses 

Fair 
Value 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,509   $ 
 1,683  
 2,040  
 30,341  
 30,157  
 68,743  
 241,872  
 94,374  
 470,719   $ 

 -   $ 
 -  
 -  
 285  
 -  
 24  
 74  
 -  
 383   $ 

 -   $ 

 (127)  
 (44)  
 (100)  
 (757)  
 (1,847)  
 (10,038)  
 (2,123)  
 (15,036)   $ 

 1,509 
 1,556 
 1,996 
 30,526 
 29,400 
 66,920 
 231,908 
 92,251 
 456,066 

 36,505   $ 

 211,241  
 247,746   $ 

 1,592   $ 
 3,302  
 4,894   $ 

 -   $ 

 (965)  
 (965)   $ 

 38,097 
 213,578 
 251,675 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 

Gross 

  Unrealized 

  Unrealized 

Gains 

Losses 

 1,529   $ 
 1,711  
 21,682  
 31,243  
 65,728  
 175,565  
 94,236  
 391,694   $ 

 -   $ 
 -  
 432  
 309  
 31  
 199  
 176  
 1,147   $ 

 (2)   $ 

 (87)  
 (96)  
 (567)  
 (2,132)  
 (2,268)  
 (2,203)  
 (7,355)   $ 

Fair 
Value 

 1,527 
 1,624 
 22,018 
 30,985 
 63,627 
 173,496 
 92,209 
 385,486 

 37,125   $ 

 222,545  
 259,670   $ 

 2,030   $ 
 3,005  
 5,035   $ 

 -   $ 

 (1,439)  
 (1,439)   $ 

 39,155 
 224,111 
 263,266 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, we added $58.7 million to the total securities portfolio (net of payoffs, maturities, 
sales,  calls,  amortization  and  accretion).    This  change  is  largely  found  in  asset-backed  securities  and,  to  a  lesser  amount,  states  and 
political  subdivisions.    Holdings  of  asset  backed  securities,  primarily  securities  backed  by  student  loan  obligations,  were  reduced  in 
2014. 

Securities  valued  at  $340.2  million  as  of  December 31, 2015,  (up  from  $267.8  million  at  year-end  2014)  were  pledged  to  secure 
deposits and for other purposes. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value, amortized cost and  weighted average  yield  of debt securities at December 31, 2015, by contractual  maturity,  were as 
follows in the table below.  Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.  

Securities Available-for-Sale 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Securities Held-to-Maturity 
Mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations 

  Weighted   
  Amortized    Average   
      Cost 

      Yield 

Fair 
        Value 

$ 

 17,130  
 6,897  
   34,843  
 4,820  
   63,690  
   70,783  
  241,872  
   94,374  
$  470,719  

 1.74 %  
 2.92 %  
 2.39 %  
 3.21 %  
 2.33 %  
 2.29 %  
 1.47 %  
 3.06 %  
 2.03 %  

$ 

 17,138  
 6,959  
   34,171  
 4,723  
   62,991  
   68,916  
  231,908  
   92,251  
$  456,066  

$  247,746  

 2.78 %  

$  251,675  

At December 31, 2015, the Company’s investments include asset-backed securities that are backed by student loans originated under 
the Federal Family Education Loan program (“FFEL”).  Under the FFEL, private lenders made federally guaranteed student loans to 
parents and students.  While the program was modified several times before elimination in 2010, not less than  97% of the outstanding 
principal amount of the loans made under FFEL are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.  A number of major student loan 
originators packaged loans and sold them as asset-backed securities.   

The Company has accumulated the securities of the following three different originators that individually amount to over 10% of the 
Company’s stockholders equity.  Information regarding these three issuers and the value of the securities issued follows: 

Issuer 
College Loan Corporation 
Nelnet Student Loan 
GCO Education Loan Funding Corp 

December 31, 2015 
Fair 
Value 

      Amortized       
Cost 
 73,293  
 23,359  
 37,508  

$ 

$ 

 70,254  
 23,291  
 35,263  

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, aggregated by investment category and length of time 
that  individual  securities  have  been  in  a  continuous  unrealized  loss  position,  were  as  follows  (in  thousands  except  for  number  of 
securities):  

December 31, 2015 

Securities Available-for-Sale 
U.S. government agencies 
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Securities Held-to-Maturity 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Less than 12 months 
in an unrealized loss position 
Fair 
     Value 

  Number of    Unrealized   
     Securities       Losses 

 -   $ 
 1  
 2  
 5  
 4  
 9  
 5  
 26   $ 

 -   $ 

 44  
 19  
 292  
 334  
   2,080  
 446  

 -  
 1,996  
 1,541  
   14,866  
   16,218  
   78,301  
   29,480  
 3,215   $  142,402  

Greater than 12 months 
in an unrealized loss position 
Fair 
     Value 

  Number of    Unrealized   
    Securities       Losses 
 1   $ 
 1,556  
 -  
 -  
 1  
 1,713  
 3  
   14,534  
 7  
   43,618  
 8  
  121,217  
   62,771  
 9  
 29   $   11,821   $  245,409  

 127   $ 
 -  
 81  
 465  
   1,513  
   7,958  
   1,677  

Total 

 127   $ 

Fair 
     Value 

  Number of    Unrealized   
    Securities       Losses 
 1   $ 
 1,556 
 1  
 1,996 
 3  
 3,254 
 8  
   29,400 
 11  
   59,836 
 17  
  199,518 
   92,251 
 14  
 55   $   15,036   $  387,811 

 44  
 100  
 757  
   1,847  
  10,038  
   2,123  

 8   $ 
 8   $ 

 505   $   40,307  
 505   $   40,307  

 2   $ 
 2   $ 

 460   $   33,842  
 460   $   33,842  

 10   $ 
 10   $ 

 965   $   74,149 
 965   $   74,149 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014 

Securities Available-for-Sale 
U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Securities Held-to-Maturity 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Less than 12 months 
in an unrealized loss position 
Fair 

  Number of    Unrealized  
     Securities       Losses 

Greater than 12 months 
in an unrealized loss position 
Fair 

  Number of    Unrealized   

       Value      Securities       Losses 

       Value      Securities       Losses 

  Number of    Unrealized   

 1   $ 
 -  
 4  
 4  
 5  
 9  
 12  
 35   $ 

 2   $ 
 -  
 96  
 486  
 900  
   1,077  
   2,203  

 1,527  
 -  
 4,896  
   15,246  
   38,284  
   99,286  
   82,387  
 4,764   $  241,626  

 -   $ 
 1  
 -  
 1  
 3  
 3  
 -  
 8   $ 

 -   $ 

 87  
 -  
 81  
   1,232  
   1,191  
 -  

 -  
 1,624  
 -  
 1,921  
   21,604  
   43,662  
 -  
 2,591   $   68,811  

 1   $ 
 1  
 4  
 5  
 8  
 12  
 12  
 43   $ 

Total 

Fair 
       Value 
 1,527 
 1,624 
 4,896 
   17,167 
   59,888 
  142,948 
   82,387 
 7,355   $  310,437 

 2   $ 
 87  
 96  
 567  
   2,132  
   2,268  
   2,203  

 7   $ 
 7   $ 

 457   $   49,302  
 457   $   49,302  

 4   $ 
 4   $ 

 982   $   46,283  
 982   $   46,283  

 11   $ 
 11   $ 

 1,439   $   95,585 
 1,439   $   95,585 

Recognition  of  other-than-temporary  impairment  was  not  necessary  in  the  year  ended  December 31, 2015,  or  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014.    The  changes  in  fair  value  related  primarily  to  interest  rate  fluctuations.    Our  review  of  other-than-temporary 
impairment confirmed no credit quality deterioration. 

Proceeds from sales of securities 
Gross realized gains on securities 
Gross realized losses on securities 
Securities gains (losses), net 

Income tax expense (benefit) on net realized gains (losses) 

Note 4: Loans 

Major classifications of loans were as follows: 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2013 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 
2014 
 70,176   $   296,013   $   533,302 
 5,376 
 (7,288) 
 (1,912) 
 (784) 

 3,231  
 (1,512)  
 1,719   $ 
 704   $ 

 106  
 (284)  
 (178)   $ 
 (71)   $ 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - residential 
Consumer 
Overdraft 
Lease financing receivables 
Other 

Net deferred loan costs 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
 119,158  
  $ 
 600,629  
 44,795  
 370,191  
 3,504  
 649  
 8,038  
 11,630  
 1,158,594  
 738  
 1,159,332  

 130,362   $ 
 605,721  
 19,806  
 351,007  
 4,216  
 483  
 10,953  
 10,130  
 1,132,678  
 1,037  
 1,133,715   $ 

  $ 

It is the policy of the Company to review each prospective credit in order to determine if an adequate level of security or collateral was 
obtained prior to  making a loan.  The type of collateral,  when required,  will vary  from  liquid assets to real estate.   The  Company’s 
access to collateral, in the event of borrower default, is assured through adherence to lending law, the Company’s lending standards and 
credit monitoring procedures.  The Bank generally makes loans solely within its market area.  There are no significant concentrations of 
loans  where  the  customers’  ability  to  honor  loan  terms  is  dependent  upon  a  single  economic  sector  although  the  real  estate  related 
categories listed above represent 86.1% and 87.6% of the portfolio at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aged analysis of past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, were as follows: 

. 

December 31, 2015 
Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail properties 
Farm 

Real estate - construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
All other1 

December 31, 2014 
Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail properties 
Farm 

Real estate - construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
All other1 

  90 Days or 

  30-59 Days    60-89 Days    Greater Past    Total Past   
      Past Due        Past Due       
  $ 

      Due 

 394  

Due 

 -  

 -  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 394   $ 

      Current 

 140,848   $ 

  Recorded 
Investment 
  90 days or 
  Greater Past 
  Due and 
     Nonaccrual       Total Loans        Accruing 
 - 

 141,315   $ 

 73   $ 

 652  
 358  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 6  

 101  
  1,083  
 344  
 4  
 -  
 2,942  

  $ 

$ 

 119  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 77  

 -  
 446  
 68  
 -  
 -  
 710  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 65  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 65  

 771  
 358  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 148  

 101  
  1,529  
 412  
 4  
 -  

 123,479  
 170,827  
 166,668  
 92,387  
 34,352  
 12,615  

 2,604  
 1,137  
 2,117  
 13,717  

 125,611  
 110,885  
 102,500  
 4,212  
 11,650  

   1,254  
 763  
 975  
 -  
 -  
   1,272  

 -  
 -  
 83  
 -  

   125,504  
   171,948  
   167,643  
 92,387  
 34,352  
 13,887  

 2,604  
 1,137  
 2,200  
 13,865  

 972  
   6,378  
   2,619  
 -  
 -  

   126,684  
   118,792  
   105,531  
 4,216  
 11,650  

$   3,717   $  1,115,609   $   14,389   $  1,133,715   $ 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 65 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 65 

  30-59 Days    60-89 Days    Greater Past    Total Past   

  90 Days or 

      Past Due        Past Due       
  $ 

 38  

 -  

$ 

$ 

Due 

      Due 

      Current 

 -  

$ 

 38   $ 

 125,658   $ 

  Recorded 
Investment 
  90 days or 
  Greater Past 
  Due and 
     Nonaccrual       Total Loans        Accruing 
 - 

 127,196   $ 

 1,500   $ 

 699  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 71  

 -  
  1,076  
 94  
 -  
 -  
 1,978  

  $ 

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 29  

 -  
 914  
 44  
 -  
 -  
 987  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 699  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 100  

 -  
  1,990  
 138  
 -  
 -  

 126,029  
 167,874  
 153,328  
 87,054  
 37,780  
 14,157  

 3,204  
 1,658  
 13,431  
 25,841  

 135,273  
 107,727  
 113,906  
 3,504  
 13,017  

   5,937  
   1,441  
   4,907  
   1,423  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 561  

   132,665  
   169,315  
   158,235  
 88,477  
 37,780  
 14,157  

 3,204  
 1,658  
 13,431  
 26,502  

   1,942  
   6,711  
   2,504  
 -  
 -  

   137,215  
   116,428  
   116,548  
 3,504  
 13,017  

$   2,965   $  1,129,441   $   26,926   $  1,159,332   $ 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

1. The “All other” class includes overdrafts and net deferred loan fees and costs. 

Credit Quality Indicators: 

The  Company  categorizes  loans  into  credit  risk  categories  based  on  current  financial  information,  overall  debt  service  coverage, 
comparison against industry averages, historical payment experience, and current economic trends.  This analysis includes loans with 
outstanding balances or commitments greater than  $50,000 and excludes homogeneous loans such as home equity lines of credit and 
residential mortgages.  Loans with a classified risk rating are reviewed quarterly regardless of size or loan type.  The Company uses the 
following definitions for classified risk ratings: 

Special Mention.  Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention.  
If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan at some 
future date. 

Substandard.  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the 
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the 
deficiencies are not corrected. 

Doubtful.  Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added 
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and 
values, highly questionable and improbable. 

Credits that are not covered by the definitions above are pass credits, which are not considered to be adversely rated. Loans listed as not 
rated have outstanding loans or commitments less than $50,000 or are included in groups of homogeneous loans. 

Credit Quality Indicators by class of loans as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, were as follows: 

December 31, 2015 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail Properties 
Farm 

Real estate - construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
All other 
Total 

December 31, 2014 

Commercial 
Real estate - commercial 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail Properties 
Farm 

Real estate - construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
All other 
Total 

  $ 

Pass 
 136,078  

Special 
      Mention 

$ 

 3,208  

      Substandard 1 
 2,029  

$ 

$ 

Doubtful 

 123,827  
 171,185  
 163,956  
 88,468  
 30,432  
 12,615  

 2,604  
 1,137  
 2,117  
 13,865  

 -  
 -  
 1,908  
 -  
 1,490  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 125,548  
 111,713  
 102,476  
 4,215  
 11,650  
  $   1,101,886  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 6,606  

$ 

 1,677  
 763  
 1,779  
 3,919  
 2,430  
 1,272  

 -  
 -  
 83  
 -  

 1,136  
 7,079  
 3,055  
 1  
 -  
 25,223  

  $ 

Pass 
 118,845  

Special 
      Mention 

$ 

 3,948  

      Substandard 1 
 4,403  

$ 

 124,936  
 154,225  
 148,212  
 78,957  
 36,779  
 14,157  

 3,204  
 1,658  
 9,947  
 25,941  

 253  
 11,607  
 3,235  
 8,097  
 1,001  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 134,952  
 109,085  
 112,647  
 3,503  
 13,017  
  $   1,090,065  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 188  
 -  
 -  
 28,329  

$ 

 7,476  
 3,483  
 6,788  
 1,423  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 3,484  
 561  

 2,263  
 7,343  
 3,713  
 1  
 -  
 40,938  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Doubtful 

Total 
 141,315 

$ 

 125,504 
 171,948 
 167,643 
 92,387 
 34,352 
 13,887 

 2,604 
 1,137 
 2,200 
 13,865 

 126,684 
 118,792 
 105,531 
 4,216 
 11,650 
 1,133,715 

Total 
 127,196 

 132,665 
 169,315 
 158,235 
 88,477 
 37,780 
 14,157 

 3,204 
 1,658 
 13,431 
 26,502 

$ 

$ 

 137,215 
 116,428 
 116,548 
 3,504 
 13,017 
 1,159,332 

$ 

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
 -  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
 -  

1  The substandard credit quality indicator includes both potential problem loans that are currently performing and nonperforming 

loans 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans by class of loan as of December 31 were as follows: 

Recorded 
      Investment 

December 31, 2015 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Related 

      Allowance 

December 31, 2014 
Unpaid  
Principal  
Balance 

Related  
      Allowance 

Recorded 
 Investment 

With no related allowance recorded 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail properties 
Farm 
Construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Residential  
Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
Total impaired loans with no recorded 
allowance 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose 
Non-owner occupied special purpose 
Retail properties 
Farm 
Construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Residential  
Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
Total impaired loans with a recorded 
allowance 
Total impaired loans 

  $ 

 70   $ 

 149   $ 

 -   $ 

 1,500   $ 

 2,114   $ 

 2,314  
 763  
 1,047  
 -  
 -  
 1,272  

 -  
 -  
 83  
 -  

 1,906  
 10,539  
 2,731  
 -  

 3,004  
 871  
 1,065  
 -  
 -  
 1,338  

 -  
 -  
 86  
 -  

 2,259  
 11,999  
 3,947  
 -  

 20,725  

 24,718  

 3  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 8  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  

 3  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 112  
 46  
 -  

 -  
 112  
 46  
 -  

 -  
 31  
 -  
 -  

 7,125  
 1,798  
 4,831  
 1,423  
 -  
 -  

 1,791  
 -  
 -  
 291  

 2,595  
 11,419  
 2,238  
 -  

 7,870  
 1,941  
 5,653  
 1,930  
 -  
 -  

 1,791  
 -  
 -  
 323  

 3,024  
 12,816  
 3,541  
 -  

 35,011  

 41,003  

 -  

 -  
 -  
 76  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 270  

 135  
 23  
 371  
 -  

 -  

 -  
 -  
 76  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 306  

 145  
 65  
 405  
 -  

 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 
 - 
 21 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 98 

 24 
 38 
 97 
 - 

 161  
 20,886   $ 

 166  
 24,884   $ 

  $ 

 34  
 34   $ 

 875  
 35,886   $ 

 997  
 42,000   $ 

 278 
 278 

62 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans by class of loan for the years ending December 31 were 
as follows: 

Year to date 
December 31, 2015 

Year to date 
December 31, 2014 

Year to date 
December 31, 2013 

  Average 
  Recorded 
     Investment      Recognized   Investment      Recognized   Investment      Recognized 

Interest     Average  
  Recorded  
Income  

  Average  
  Recorded  

Interest  
Income  

Interest 
Income 

With no related allowance recorded 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose  
Non-owner occupied special purpose   
Retail properties 
Farm 
Construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Residential  
Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
Total impaired loans with no recorded 
allowance 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Owner occupied general purpose 
Owner occupied special purpose 
Non-owner occupied general purpose  
Non-owner occupied special purpose   
Retail properties 
Farm 
Construction 

Homebuilder 
Land 
Commercial speculative 
All other 

Residential  
Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

Consumer 
Total impaired loans with a recorded 
allowance 
Total impaired loans 

$ 

 785  

$ 

 -   $ 

 764  

$ 

 -   $ 

 112  

$ 

 4,720  
 1,280  
 2,939  
 712  
 -  
 636  

 895  
 -  
 42  
 145  

 2,251  
 10,979  
 2,484  
 -  

 82  
 -  
 3  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 51  
 160  
 7  
 -  

 4,834  
 2,584  
 5,130  
 1,042  
 1,572  
 -  

 1,903  
 105  
 369  
 147  

 4,290  
 10,299  
 2,004  
 -  

 104  
 45  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 82  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 43  
 187  
 6  
 -  

 3,508  
 5,275  
 9,892  
 569  
 5,962  
 1,259  

 3,085  
 232  
 1,501  
 41  

 5,576  
 9,284  
 1,570  
 11  

 27,868  

 303  

 35,043  

 467  

 47,877  

 2  

 -  
 -  
 38  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 135  

 67  
 68  
 208  
 -  

 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 3  
 -  

 -  

 365  
 2,150  
 508  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 84  
 -  
 587  
 353  

 410  
 794  
 934  
 -  

 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 1  
 -  
 -  

 283  

 872  
 4,277  
 1,859  
 -  
 876  
 -  

 97  
 -  
 2,748  
 458  

 2,713  
 3,737  
 1,981  
 -  

 - 

 3 
 - 
 75 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 97 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 209 
 6 
 - 

 390 

 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 518  
 28,386  

$ 

$ 

 3  
 306   $ 

 6,185  
 41,228  

$ 

 1  
 468   $ 

 19,901  
 67,778  

$ 

 - 
 390 

Troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are loans for which the contractual terms have been modified and both of these conditions exist: 
(1) there is a concession to the borrower and (2) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties.  Loans are restructured on a case-
by-case  basis  during  the  loan  collection  process  with  modifications  generally  initiated  at  the  request  of  the  borrower.    These 
modifications  may  include  reduction  in  interest  rates,  extension  of  term,  deferrals  of  principal,  and  other  modifications.    The  Bank 
participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (the “Treasury”) Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”) which gives 
qualifying homeowners an opportunity to refinance into more affordable monthly payments. 

The specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses on a TDR is determined by either discounting the modified cash flows at the 
original effective rate of the loan before modification or is based on the underlying collateral value less costs to sell, if repayment of the 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
loan  is  collateral-dependent.  If  the  resulting  amount  is  less  than  the  recorded  book  value,  the  Bank  either  establishes  a  valuation 
allowance (i.e. specific reserve) as a component of the allowance for loan losses or charges off the impaired balance if it determines 
that such amount is a confirmed loss. This method is used consistently for all segments of the portfolio. 

Loans that were modified during the period are summarized as follows: 

TDR Modifications 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2015 

# of  

  Post-modification    
     contracts      recorded investment      recorded investment    

  Pre-modification  

Troubled debt restructurings 
Real estate - residential  
Owner occupied 

Other1 

Revolving and junior liens 

HAMP3 
Other1 

Troubled debt restructurings 
Real estate - commercial 

Other1 
Bifurcate2 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Other1 

Owner occupied 

Other1 
HAMP3 
Deferral4 

Revolving and junior liens 

Other1 

 2   $ 

 256   $ 

 5  
 3  
 10   $ 

 193  
 378  
 827   $ 

 255  

 153  
 347  
 755  

TDR Modifications 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2014 

# of  

  Post-modification    
     contracts      recorded investment      recorded investment    

  Pre-modification  

 2   $ 
 1  

 1,320   $ 
 675  

 2  

 1  
 2  
 2  

 237  

 136  
 250  
 344  

 5  
 15   $ 

 343  
 3,305   $ 

 1,106  
 357  

 221  

 133  
 218  
 224  

 334  
 2,593  

1  Other: Change of terms from bankruptcy court 
2  Bifurcate: Refers to an “A/B” restructure separated into two notes, charging off the entire B portion of the note. 
3  HAMP: Home Affordable Modification Program 
4  Deferral: Refers to the deferral of principal 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs  are  classified  as  being  in  default  on  a  case-by-case  basis  when  they  fail  to  be  in  compliance  with  the  modified  terms.  The 
following  table  presents  TDRs  that  defaulted  during  the  periods  shown  and  were  restructured  within  the  12  month  period  prior  to 
default. 

TDR Default Activity 

TDR Default Activity 

Troubled debt restructurings that 
Subsequently Defaulted 
Real estate - commercial 

Owner occupied special purpose 

Real estate - residential  

Investor 
Owner occupied 
Revolving and junior liens 

  Twelve months ended December 31, 2015    Twelve months ended December 31, 2014 
  Pre-modification outstanding 
    contracts             recorded investment             contracts             recorded investment         

  Pre-modification outstanding  

# of  

# of  

 -    $ 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -   $ 

 -   

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -   $ 

 -  
 1  
 2  
 3   $ 

 - 

 - 
 137 
 210 
 347 

The Bank had no commitments to borrowers whose loans were classified as impaired at December 31, 2015. 

Loans  to  principal  officers,  directors,  and  their  affiliates,  which  are  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  were  as  follows  at 
December 31: 

Beginning balance 
New loans 
Repayments and other reductions 
Change in related party status 
Ending balance 

2015 

 7,793  
 864  
 (635)  
 (6,235)  
 1,787  

  $ 

  $ 

2014 

 6,414  
 41,810  
 (38,295)  
 (2,136)  
 7,793  

$ 

$ 

No  loans  to  principal  officers,  directors,  and  their  affiliates  were  past  due  greater  than  90  days  at  either  December 31, 2015,  or 
December 31, 2014. 

Note 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2015, 
were as follows: 

Allowance for loan losses: 

  Real Estate    Real Estate 

  Real Estate   

    Commercial     Commercial     Construction     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated      Total 
 $ 
  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Beginning balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision (Release) 
Ending balance 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

Loans: 
Ending balance 
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 1,475 
 2 
 276 
 (1,484) 
 265 

 - 
 265 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 1,981 
 1,639 
 1,075 
 277 
 1,694 

 31 
 1,663 

 19,806 
 83 
 19,723 

 $  351,007 
 $ 
 15,334 
 $  335,673 

 $ 

 1,454 
 483 
 359 
 (140)     
 $ 
 1,190 

 $ 

 2,506 
 - 
 - 
 (541)    
 $ 
 1,965 

 21,637 
 4,770 
 3,756 
 (4,400) 
 16,223 

 - 
 1,190 

 $ 
 $ 

 - 
 1,965 

 $ 
 $ 

 34 
 16,189 

 4,216 
- 
 4,216 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 11,650 
- 
 11,650 

 $  1,133,715 
 $ 
 20,886 
 $  1,112,829 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 1,644 
 993 
 451 
 994 
 2,096 

 3 
 2,093 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 12,577 
 1,653 
 1,595 
 (3,506) 
 9,013 

 - 
 9,013 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $   141,315 
  $ 
 73 
  $   141,242 

 $   605,721 
 $ 
 5,396 
 $   600,325 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
    
 
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
were as follows: 

Allowance for loan losses: 

  Real Estate    Real Estate 

  Real Estate   

    Commercial     Commercial     Construction     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated      Total 
 $ 
  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Beginning balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
(Release) provision 
Ending balance 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 2,250 
 578 
 58 
 (86) 
 1,644 

 - 
 1,644 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Loans: 
Ending balance 
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 127,196 
 1,500 
 125,696 

Beginning balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
(Release) provision 
Ending balance 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 4,517 
 316 
 119 
 (2,070) 
 2,250 

 - 
 2,250 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Loans: 
Ending balance 
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 104,805 
 27 
 104,778 

 16,763 
 1,972 
 1,346 
 (3,560) 
 12,577 

 21 
 12,556 

 600,629 
 15,253 
 585,376 

 20,100 
 2,985 
 5,325 
 (5,677) 
 16,763 

 1,152 
 15,611 

 560,233 
 21,116 
 539,117 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 1,980 
 174 
 633 
 (964) 
 1,475 

 98 
 1,377 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 2,837 
 3,393 
 1,842 
 695 
 1,981 

 159 
 1,822 

 44,795 
 2,352 
 42,443 

 $   370,191 
 $ 
 16,781 
 $   353,410 

 3,837 
 1,014 
 1,266 
 (2,109) 
 1,980 

 355 
 1,625 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 4,535 
 6,293 
 1,221 
 3,374 
 2,837 

 888 
 1,949 

 29,351 
 4,746 
 24,605 

 $   390,201 
 $ 
 20,681 
 $   369,520 

 1,439 
 526 
 420 
 121 
 1,454 

 - 
 1,454 

 3,504 
- 
 3,504 

 1,178 
 597 
 508 
 350 
 1,439 

 - 
 1,439 

 2,760 
 - 
 2,760 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

 2,012 
 - 
 - 
 494 
 2,506 

 - 
 2,506 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 27,281 
 6,643 
 4,299 
 (3,300) 
 21,637 

 278 
 21,359 

 13,017 
- 
 13,017 

 $  1,159,332 
 $ 
 35,886 
 $  1,123,446 

 4,430 
 - 
 - 

 (2,418)    
 $ 
 2,012 

 38,597 
 11,205 
 8,439 
 (8,550) 
 27,281 

 - 
 2,012 

 $ 
 $ 

 2,395 
 24,886 

 13,906 
 - 
 13,906 

 $  1,101,256 
 $ 
 46,570 
 $  1,054,686 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2013, 
were as follows: 

Allowance for loan losses: 

  Real Estate    Real Estate 

  Real Estate   

    Commercial     Commercial     Construction     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated      Total 
 $ 
  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

The Company’s allowance for loan loss is calculated in accordance with GAAP and relevant supervisory guidance.  All management 
estimates  were  made  in  light  of  observable  trends  within  loan  portfolio  segments,  market  conditions  and  established  credit  review 
administration practices. 

Note 6: Other Real Estate Owned 

Details related to the activity in the other real estate owned (“OREO”) portfolio, net of valuation reserve, for the periods presented are 
itemized in the following table. 

Other real estate owned 
Balance at beginning of period 
Property additions 
Property improvements 
Less: 
Property disposals, net of gains/losses 
Period valuation adjustments 
Balance at end of period 

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31,  
2014 
 41,537  
 16,078  
 794  

$ 

2013 
$   72,423  
 19,194  
 73  

2015 
$   31,982  
 8,998  
 -  

 17,763  
 4,076  
$   19,141  

 21,868  
 4,559  
 31,982  

 41,712  
 8,441  
$   41,537  

$ 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Activity in the valuation allowance was as follows: 

Balance at beginning of period 
Provision for unrealized losses 
Reductions taken on sales 
Other adjustments 
Balance at end of period 

Expenses related to OREO, net of lease revenue includes: 

Gain on sales, net 
Provision for unrealized losses 
Operating expenses 
Less: 
Lease revenue 

Note 7: Premises and Equipment 

Premises and equipment at December 31 were as follows: 

2015 
$   19,229  
 4,076  
   (9,271)  
 93  
$   14,127  

2014 
$   22,284  
 4,559  
   (7,025)  
 (589)  
$   19,229  

2013 
$   31,454  
 8,293  
  (17,389)  
 (74)  
$   22,284  

$ 

2015 
 (1,073)  
 4,076  
 2,888  

$ 

2014 

 (989)  
 4,559  
 4,173  

$ 

2013 
 (1,956)  
 8,293  
 5,705  

 700  
 5,191  

$ 

 826  
 6,917  

 1,295  
$   10,747  

$ 

2015 

2014 

Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Note 8: Deposits 

Cost 
 16,318 
 42,627 
 74 
 41,411 
 100,430 

  $ 

  $ 

Major classifications of deposits were as follows: 

Noninterest bearing demand 
Savings 
NOW accounts 
Money market accounts 
Certificates of deposit of less than $100,000 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000 
Certificates of deposit of more than $250,000 

 $ 

    Accumulated       
  Depreciation/    Net Book 
  Amortization    Value 
 - 
 22,240 
 73 
 38,505 
 60,818 

 16,318   $ 
 20,387  
 1  
 2,906  

 39,612   $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Cost 
 16,693 
 44,246 
 74 
 40,594 
 101,607 

 $ 

    Accumulated       
  Depreciation/    Net Book 
  Amortization    Value 
 - 
 21,540 
 73 
 37,659 
 59,272 

 16,693 
 22,706 
 1 
 2,935 
 42,335 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2015 
 442,639   $ 
 252,169  
 376,720  
 279,709  
 235,336  
 109,855  
 62,658  
 1,759,086   $ 

2014 
 400,447  
 239,845  
 328,641  
 296,617  
 251,108  
 112,515  
 55,882  
 1,685,055  

  $ 

  $ 

The Company had $3.9 million in brokered certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2015.  The Company had $255,000 in brokered 
certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2014.  Deposits held by senior officers and directors, including their related interests, totaled 
$1.6 million and $15.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

At December 31, 2015, scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows: 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Total 

67 

      $ 

 155,633  
    116,127  
 62,131  
 24,603  
 49,355  
 407,849  

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
   
 
  
    
   
  
    
   
   
 
  
    
   
  
    
   
   
 
  
    
   
  
    
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 9: Borrowings 

The following table is a summary of borrowings as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014.  Junior subordinated debentures are 
discussed in detail in Note 10: 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
FHLBC advances1 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Notes payable and other borrowings 

2015 

2014 

$ 

$ 

 34,070  
 15,000  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 152,948  

$ 

$ 

 21,036  
 45,000  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 169,914  

1 

Included in other short-term borrowing on the balance sheet. 

The  Company  enters  into  deposit  sweep  transactions  where  the  transaction  amounts  are  secured  by  pledged  securities.    These 
transactions consistently mature within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date and are governed by sweep repurchase agreements.  All 
sweep  repurchase  agreements  are  treated  as  financings  secured  by  U.S.  government  agencies  and  collateralized  mortgage-backed 
securities and had a carrying amount of $34.1 million at December 31, 2015, and $21.0 million at December 31, 2014. The fair value of 
the  pledged  collateral  was  $45.4 million  and  $43.4 million  at  December 31, 2015  and  December 31, 2014,  respectively.  At 
December 31, 2015, there were no customers with secured balances exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity. 

The following table is a summary of additional information related to repurchase agreements: 

Average daily balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 

2015 
$  28,194 

2014 
 $  26,093 

2013 
 $  23,313 

 0.01 %      

 0.01 %    

 0.01 % 

$  34,785  

$  38,133   $  30,510  

 0.01 %      

 0.01 %    

 0.01 % 

The Company’s borrowings at the FHLBC require the Bank to be a member and invest in the stock of the FHLBC.  Total borrowings 
are generally limited to the lower of 35% of total assets or 60% of the book value of certain mortgage loans.  As of December 31, 2015, 
the Bank had taken an advance of $15.0 million at 0.16% interest on the FHLBC stock valued at $3.7 million, collateralized securities 
with  a  fair  value  of  $98.8 million  and  loans  with  a  principal  balance  of  $169.7 million,  which  carry  a  combined  collateral  value  of 
$190.7 million.  The Company has excess collateral of $174.4 million available to secure borrowings. 

One of the Company’s most significant borrowing relationships continued to be the $45.5 million credit facility with a correspondent 
bank. That credit is composed of $500,000 in senior term debt, and $45.0 million of subordinated debt.  The subordinated debt and the 
senior term debt mature on March 31, 2018.  The interest rate on the senior debt resets quarterly and at the Company’s option, is based 
on, the lender’s prime rate or three-month LIBOR plus 90 basis points.  The interest rate on the subordinated debt resets quarterly, and 
is equal to  three-month  LIBOR plus  150 basis points.  The Company  had  $500,000 in principal outstanding in  senior  term debt and 
$45.0 million in principal outstanding in subordinated debt at the end of both December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014.  The term 
debt  is  secured  by  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  the  Bank.    The  Company  has  made  all  required  interest  payments  on  the 
outstanding principal balance on a timely basis. 

The credit facility agreement contains usual and customary provisions regarding acceleration of the senior debt upon the occurrence of 
an  event  of  default  by  the  Company  under  the  senior  debt  agreement.    The  senior  debt  agreement  also  contains  certain  customary 
representations and warranties, and financial covenants.  At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with  all covenants 
contained within the credit agreement supporting the $45.5 million credit facility with a correspondent bank.  The agreement provides 
that noncompliance is an event of default and as the result of the Company’s failure to comply with a financial covenant, the lender 
may (i) terminate all commitments to extend further credit, (ii) increase the interest rate on the revolving line of the term debt by 200 
basis points, (iii) declare the senior debt immediately due and payable and (iv) exercise all of its rights and remedies at law, in equity 
and/or pursuant to any or all collateral documents, including foreclosing on the collateral.  The total outstanding principal in senior debt 
is the $500,000 in term debt. Because the subordinated debt is treated as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes, the senior debt 
agreement does not provide the lender with any rights of acceleration or other remedies with regard to the subordinated debt upon an 
event of default caused by the Company’s failure to comply with a financial covenant. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Scheduled maturities and weighted average rates of borrowings for the years ended December 31 were as follows: 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter 
Total 

2015 

  Weighted   
  Average 

2014 

  Weighted    
  Average    

      Balance        Rate 

      Balance        Rate 

N/A 
 $   49,070 
 - 
 45,500 
 - 
 - 
 58,378 
 $  152,948 

$   66,036 
N/A  
 - 
 0.06 %    
 - 
 -  
 45,500 
 1.82 %     
 - 
 -  
 - 
 -  
 7.35 %     
 58,378 
 3.37 %   $  169,914 

 0.09 % 
 -  
 -  
 1.75 % 
 -  
 -  
 7.35 % 
 3.03 % 

Note 10: Junior Subordinated Debentures 

The Company completed the sale of $27.5 million of cumulative trust preferred securities by its unconsolidated subsidiary, Old Second 
Capital  Trust  I  in  June 2003.    An  additional  $4.1 million  of  cumulative  trust  preferred  securities  were  sold  in  July 2003.  The  costs 
associated  with  the  issuance  of  the  cumulative  trust  preferred  securities  are  being  amortized  over  30  years.    The  trust  preferred 
securities  may  remain  outstanding  for  a  30-year  term  but,  subject  to  regulatory  approval,  can  be  called  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the 
Company after June 30, 2008 and can be exercised by the Company from time to time thereafter.  When not in deferral, distributions on 
the securities are payable quarterly at an annual rate of  7.80%.  The Company issued a new  $32.6 million subordinated debenture to 
Old  Second  Capital  Trust I  in  return  for  the  aggregate  net  proceeds  of  this  trust  preferred  offering.    The  interest  rate  and  payment 
frequency on the debenture are equivalent to the cash distribution basis on the trust preferred securities. 

The Company sold an additional  $25.0 million of cumulative trust preferred securities through a private  placement completed by an 
additional,  unconsolidated  subsidiary,  Old  Second  Capital  Trust II,  in  April 2007.  These  trust  preferred  securities  also  mature  in 
30 years,  but  subject  to  the  aforementioned  regulatory  approval,  can  be  called  in  whole  or  in  part  on  a  quarterly  basis  commencing 
June 15, 2017.  The quarterly cash distributions on the securities are fixed at 6.77% through June 15, 2017 and float at 150 basis points 
over  three-month  LIBOR  thereafter.    The  Company  issued  a  new  $25.8 million  subordinated  debenture  to  the  Old  Second  Capital 
Trust II  in  return  for  the  aggregate  net  proceeds  of  this  trust  preferred  offering.    The  interest  rate  and  payment  frequency  on  the 
debenture are equivalent to the cash distribution basis on the trust preferred securities. 

Under the terms of the subordinated debentures issued to each of Old Second Capital Trust I and II, the Company is allowed to defer 
payments of interest for 20 quarterly periods without default or penalty, but such amounts continue to accrue.  Also during a deferral 
period,  the  Company  generally  may  not  pay  cash  dividends  on  or  repurchase  its  common  stock  or  preferred  stock,  including  the 
Series B  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Series B  Stock”),  as  discussed  in  Note 20.    In  August  of  2010,  the 
Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on the $58.4 million of junior subordinated debentures.  Because of the 
deferral on the subordinated debentures, the trusts deferred regularly scheduled dividends on the trust preferred securities.  On April 21, 
2014,  the  Company  paid  all  outstanding  interest,  which  totaled  $19.7 million,  on  the  trust  preferred  securities  to  the  trustees  for 
payment to holders as of the next record date set forth in the indentures and terminated the deferral period.  As of December 31, 2015 
the Company is current on the payments due on these securities.  Both of the debentures issued by the Company are disclosed on the 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  junior  subordinated  debentures  and  the  related  interest  expense  for  each  issuance  is  included  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Note 11: Income Taxes 

Income tax expense (benefit) for years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

Current federal 
Current state 
Deferred federal 
Deferred state 
Change in valuation allowance 

2015 

2014 

      2013 

 220  
 -  
 7,023  
 1,733  
 -  
 8,976  

$ 

$ 

 105 
 122   $ 
 29 
 6  
 2,780 
 3,120  
 989 
 4,876  
 (2,363)  
  (74,145) 
 5,761   $  (70,242) 

$ 

$ 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following were the components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014: 

Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred compensation 
Amortization of core deposit 
Goodwill amortization/impairment 
Stock based compensation 
OREO write-downs 
Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward 
State net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward 
Deferred tax credit 
Other assets 
Total deferred tax assets 

Accumulated depreciation on premises and equipment 
Mortgage servicing rights 
State tax benefits 
Other liabilities 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax asset before adjustments related to other comprehensive loss 
Tax effect of adjustments related to other comprehensive loss 
Net deferred tax asset 

2015 

2014 

 7,099  
 690  
 1,629  
 11,623  
 814  
 6,917  
 24,105  
 8,746  
 1,749  
 792  
 64,164  

 (601)  
 (2,484)  
 (4,686)  
 (336)  
 (8,107)  
 56,057  
 8,495  
 64,552  

$ 

$ 

 9,579 
 787 
 1,859 
 13,129 
 663 
 8,639 
 27,001 
 9,405 
 1,551 
 1,006 
 73,619 

 (802) 
 (2,320) 
 (5,290) 
 (394) 
 (8,806) 
 64,813 
 5,328 
 70,141 

$ 

$ 

At  December 31, 2015,  the  Company  had  a  $68.9 million  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforward  of  which,  $13.6 million  expires  in 
2030,  $31.4 million  expires  in  2031,  $8.6 million  expires  in  2032,  and  $15.3 million  expires  in  2033.    The  Company  had  a 
$112.9 million  state  net  operating  loss  carryforward  of  which,  $17.2 million  expires  in  2021,  and  $95.7 million  expires  in  2025.    In 
addition, the Company had a $1.7 million alternative minimum tax credit subject to indefinite carryforward.  Included in the tax effect 
of adjustments related to other comprehensive loss above are net unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities that were transferred 
from available-for-sale securities of $2.4 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. 

The components of the provision for deferred income tax expense (benefit) for the years ending December 31 were as follows: 

Provision for loan losses 
Deferred Compensation 
Amortization of core deposit 
Stock based compensation 
OREO write-downs 
Federal net operating loss carryforward 
State net operating loss carryforward 
Deferred tax credit 
Depreciation 
Net premiums and discounts on securities 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Goodwill amortization/impairment 
State tax benefits 
Change in valuation allowance 
Other, net 

Total deferred tax expense 

2015 

2014 

2013 

 2,480   $ 
 97  
 230  
 (151)  
 1,722  
 2,896  
 659  
 (198)  
 (201)  
 -  
 164  
 1,506  
 (604)  
 -  
 156  
 8,756   $ 

 3,146   $ 
 1  
 (203)  
 (80)  
 1,402  
 1,022  
 2,442  
 (107)  
 (233)  
 (8)  
 (251)  
 2,123  
 (1,704)  
 (2,363)  
 446  

 5,511 
 (109) 
 (691) 
 202 
 6,591 
 (7,287) 
 (1,661) 
 - 
 (28) 
 (114) 
 752 
 1,544 
 (321) 
  (74,145) 
 (620) 
 5,633   $   (70,376) 

$ 

$ 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective tax rates differ from federal statutory rates applied to financial statement income (loss) for the years ended December 31 due 
to the following: 

Tax at statutory federal income tax rate 
Nontaxable interest income, net of disallowed interest deduction 
BOLI income 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Change in valuation allowance 
Deficiency from restricted stock 
Impact of Illinois tax rate change 
Other, net 
Tax at effective tax rate 

2015 

2014 

 8,526  
 (253)  
 (487)  
 1,126  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 64  
 8,976  

$ 

$ 

 5,564  
 (233)  
 (508)  
 872  
 (2,363)  
 -  
 2,363  
 66  
 5,761  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013 
 4,145 
 (245) 
 (694) 
 662 
  (74,145) 
 10 
 - 
 25 
$   (70,242) 

The Company evaluated positive and negative evidence in order to determine if it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset 
would  be  recovered  through  future  income.    Significant  positive  evidence  evaluated  included  recent  and  projected  earnings, 
significantly improved asset quality and an improved capital position.  Negative evidence identified included a reduction in net interest 
margin as a result of the current rate environment, and historic runoff of loans. 

Note 12: Equity Compensation Plans 

There are stock-based awards outstanding under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and the Company’s 2014 
Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan,” and together with the 2008 Plan, the “Plans”).  The 2014 Plan was approved at the 2014 annual 
meeting of  stockholders.  Following approval of the  2014 Plan, no  further awards  will  be granted  under the 2008 Plan or any other 
Company  equity  compensation  plan.    A  maximum  of  375,000  shares  may  be  issued  under  the  2014  Plan.    The  Plan  authorizes  the 
granting of qualified stock options,  non-qualified  stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and  stock appreciation rights.  
Awards  may  be  granted  to  selected  directors  and  officers  or  employees  under  the  2014  Plan  at  the  discretion  of  the  Compensation 
Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.  As of December 31, 2015, 125,000 shares remained available for issuance under the 
2014 Plan. 

Total  compensation  cost  that  has  been  charged  for  the  Plans  was  $613,000,  $295,000  and  $167,000  for  the  years  ending 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

There were no stock options granted for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.  All stock options are granted for a term of 
ten  years.    There  were  no  stock  options  exercised  during  the  years  ending  December  31,  2015  or  2014.    There  is  no  unrecognized 
compensation cost related to unvested stock options as all stock options of the Company’s common stock have vested. 

A summary of stock option activity in the Plans for the year ending December 31, 2015, is as follows: 

  Weighted- 
  Weighted    Average 
  Average 
  Exercise    Contractual    Aggregate 

  Remaining 

      Shares        Price 

     Term (years)      Intrinsic Value 

Beginning outstanding 
Canceled 
Expired 
Ending outstanding 

 229,000   $ 
 (36,500)  
 (30,000)  
 162,500   $ 

 28.28  
 31.34  
   31.34  
 27.03  

 1.6   $ 

Exercisable at end of period 

 162,500   $ 

 27.03  

 1.6   $ 

- 

- 

Generally, restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the Plans vest three years from the grant date, but the Compensation 
Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has discretionary authority to change some terms including the amount of time until 
the vest date. 

Awards under the 2008 Plan will become fully vested upon a merger or change in control of the Company.  Under the 2014 Plan, upon 
a change in control of the Company, if (i) the 2014 Plan is not an obligation of the successor entity following the change in control, or 
(ii)  the  2014  Plan  is  an  obligation  of  the  successor  entity  following  the  change  in  control  and  the  participant  incurs  an  involuntary 
termination, then the stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and cash incentive awards under the 2014 Plan will become 
fully  exercisable  and  vested.    Performance-based  awards  generally  will  vest  based  upon  the  level  of  achievement  of  the  applicable 
performance measures through the change in control. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  granted  restricted  stock  under  its  equity  compensation  plans  beginning  in  2005  and  it  began  granting  restricted  stock 
units in February 2009.  Restricted stock awards under the Plans generally entitle holders to voting and dividend rights upon grant and 
are subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed including employment for a specific period.  Restricted stock units under 
the Plans are also subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed including employment for a specific period, and generally 
entitle holders to receive dividend equivalents during the restricted period but do not entitle holders to voting rights until the restricted 
period ends and shares are transferred in connection with the units. 

There were 101,500 restricted awards issued during the year ending December 31, 2015.  There were 184,500 restricted awards issued 
for the year ending December 31, 2014.  Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the restricted award based on 
the market value of the award on the issue date. 

A summary of changes in the Company’s unvested restricted awards for the year ending December 31, 2015, is as follows: 

December 31, 2015 

Nonvested at January 1 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested at December 31 

  Restricted 
  Stock Shares 

      and Units 

 325,000  
 101,500  
 (62,500)  
 (16,000)  
 348,000  

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Grant Date 
      Fair Value 
 4.15 
 5.38 
 4.13 
 4.43 
 4.50 

$ 

$ 

Total unrecognized compensation cost of restricted awards was $733,000 as of December 31, 2015, which is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted-average period of 1.92 years. 

Note 13: Earnings Per Share 

The earnings per share – both basic and diluted – are included below as of December 31 (in thousands except for share data): 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Basic earnings per share: 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Weighted-average common shares less stock based awards 
Weighted-average common shares stock based awards 
Net income 
Gain on preferred stock redemption 
Preferred stock dividends and accretion, net of dividends waived 
Net earnings available to common stockholders 
Basic earnings per share common undistributed earnings 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share: 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of nonvested restricted awards1 
Diluted average common shares outstanding 
Net earnings available to common stockholders 
Diluted earnings per share 

  $ 

   29,476,821  
   29,476,821  
 -  
 15,385   $ 
 -  
 1,873  
 13,512  
N/A  
 0.46  

   25,300,909      13,939,919 
   25,298,813      13,896,893 
 209,140 
 82,085 
 - 
 5,258 
 76,827 
 5.45 
 5.45 

 201,558    
 10,136   $ 
 (1,348)    
 (371)    
 11,855    
 0.46    
 0.46    

   29,476,821  
 253,253  
   29,730,074  

  $ 
  $ 

 13,512   $ 
 0.46   $ 

 248,284    

   25,300,909      13,939,919 
 166,114 
   25,549,193      14,106,033 
 76,827 
 5.45 

 11,855   $ 
 0.46   $ 

Number of antidilutive options and warrants excluded from the diluted earnings per 
share calculation 

 977,839  

 1,044,339    

 1,140,839 

1 Includes the common stock equivalents for restricted share rights that are dilutive. 

The  above  earnings  per  share  calculation  did  not  include  a  warrant  for  815,339  shares  of  common  stock  that  was  outstanding  as  of 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, because the warrant was anti-dilutive at an exercise price of $13.43.  Of note, the warrant was sold 
at auction by the Treasury in June 2013 to a third party investor. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
Note 14: Commitments 

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments that are not reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  
Commitments  include  financial  instruments  that  involve,  to  varying  degrees,  elements  of  credit,  interest  rate,  and  liquidity  risk.    In 
management’s opinion, these do not represent unusual risks and management does not anticipate significant losses as a result  of these 
transactions.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations for borrowers as it does 
for on-balance sheet instruments. 

The following table is a summary of financial instrument commitments (in thousands): 

Letters of credit: 
Borrower: 

Financial standby 
Commercial standby 
Performance standby 

Non-borrower: 

Performance standby 

Total letters of credit 

December 31, 2015 

      Fixed 

      Variable        Total 

      Fixed 

December 31, 2014 
      Variable        Total 

$ 

$ 

 60  
 -  
 66  
 126  

 -  
 -  
 126  

$ 

 3,572  
 47  
 7,350  
   10,969  

$ 

 3,632  
 47  
 7,416  
   11,095  

$ 

 575  
 575  
 11,544  

 575  
 575  
 11,670  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 55  
 -  
 416  
 471  

 -  
 -  
 471  

$ 

 4,745  
 49  
 5,690  
   10,484  

$ 

 4,800  
 49  
 6,106  
   10,955  

 572  
 572  
 11,056  

$ 

 572  
 572  
 11,527  

$ 

Unused loan commitments: 

$ 

 71,016  

$   197,909  

$   268,925  

$   62,391  

$   169,717  

$   232,108  

The Bank occupies facilities under long-term operating leases, some of which include provisions for future rent increases.  In addition, 
the Company leases space at sites that house  automatic teller machines (ATMs).  As of December 31, 2015, the estimated aggregate 
minimum  annual  rental  commitments  under  these  leases  totaled  $50,000  in  2016,  $33,000  in  2017,  $24,000  in  2018,  and  $15,000 
thereafter.    The  Company  also  receives  rental  income  on  certain  leased  properties.    As  of  December 31, 2015,  aggregate  future 
minimum  rental  income  to  be  received  under  noncancelable  leases  totaled  $113,000.    Total  facility  net  operating  lease  expense  or 
revenue recorded under all operating leases was a net expense of $11,000 in 2015 net revenue of $67,000 in 2014 and $64,000 in 2013.  
Total ATM lease expense, including the costs related to servicing those ATM’s, was $826,000, $829,000 and $830,000 in 2015, 2014 
and 2013, respectively. 

Legal proceedings 

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  from  time  to  time,  pursue  collection  suits  and  other  actions  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business  against  their  borrowers  and  are  defendants  in  legal  actions  arising  from  normal  business  activities.    Management,  after 
consultation with legal counsel, believes that the ultimate liabilities, if any, resulting from these actions will not have a material adverse 
effect on the financial position of the Bank or on the consolidated financial position of the Company based on all known information at 
this time. 

Note 15: Regulatory & Capital Matters 

The Bank is subject to the risk-based capital regulatory  guidelines,  which include  the  methodology  for calculating the risk-weighted 
Bank  assets,  developed  by  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency  (the  “OCC”)  and  the  other  bank  regulatory  agencies.    In 
connection  with  the  current  economic  environment,  the  Bank’s  current  level  of  nonperforming  assets  and  the  risk-based  capital 
guidelines, the Bank’s board of directors has determined that the Bank should maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio at or above eight 
percent (8%) and a total risk-based capital ratio at or above twelve percent (12%).  The Bank currently exceeds those thresholds. 

Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with capital guidelines implemented by the 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  The general bank and holding company capital adequacy guidelines in force as of 
the  periods  reported  are  shown  in  the  accompanying  table,  as  are  the  capital  ratios  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  as  of 
December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014. 

In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities issued final rules (the “Basel III Rules”) establishing more stringent regulatory capital 
requirements for U.S. banking institutions, which went into effect on January 1, 2015.  A detailed discussion of the Basel III Rules is 
included in Part I, Item 1 of the under the heading “Supervision and Regulation.” 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At  December 31, 2015,  the  Company,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  exceeded  the  minimum  thresholds  to  be  considered  “adequately 
capitalized” under current regulatory defined capital ratios.  For all periods prior to 2015, all capital ratios displayed were calculated 
without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules. 

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies.  The capital ratios 
below are calculated pursuant to the capital requirements in effect for the periods reported below. 

Capital levels and industry defined regulatory minimum required levels: 

2015 
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Total capital to risk weighted assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Tier 1 capital to average assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

2014 
Total capital to risk weighted assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Tier 1 capital to average assets 

Consolidated 
Old Second Bank 

Actual 

      Amount        Ratio 

  Minimum Required   
for Capital 
  Adequacy Purposes 
      Amount        Ratio 

  Minimum Required   
to be Well 
Capitalized 1 

      Amount       Ratio 

  $   151,410  
   202,158 

 10.55 %   $ 

   14.10 

 64,582  
 64,519 

 4.50 %  
 4.50 

  $ 

 N/A  
 93,193  

 N/A 
 6.50 % 

  223,311  
  218,375  

 15.56  
 15.23  

  114,813  
  114,708  

 8.00  
 8.00  

 N/A  
 143,385  

 N/A  
 10.00  

  176,625  
  202,158  

 12.30  
 14.10  

   86,159  
   86,025  

 6.00  
 6.00  

N/A  
 114,700  

N/A  
 8.00  

  176,625  
  202,158  

 8.69  
 9.94  

   81,300  
   81,351  

 4.00  
 4.00  

N/A  
 101,689  

N/A  
 5.00  

  $   240,566  
  254,897  

 17.68 % 
 18.73  

 $   108,853  
  108,872  

 8.00 %  
 8.00  

 N/A  
  $   136,090  

 N/A  
 10.00 % 

  196,499  
  237,828  

 14.44  
 17.47  

   54,432  
   54,454  

 4.00  
 4.00  

N/A  
 81,681  

N/A  
 6.00  

  196,499  
  237,828  

 9.93  
 12.02  

   79,154  
   79,144  

 4.00  
 4.00  

N/A  
 98,930  

N/A  
 5.00  

1  The Bank exceeded the general minimum regulatory requirements to be considered “well capitalized”. 

Dividend Restrictions and Deferrals 

In addition to the above requirements, banking regulations and capital guidelines generally limit the amount of dividends that may be 
paid by a Bank without prior regulatory approval.  Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar 
year  is  limited  to  the  current  year’s  profits,  combined  with  the  retained  profit  of  the  previous  two  years,  subject  to  the  capital 
requirements described above.  Pursuant to the Basel III rules that came into effect January 1, 2015, the Bank must keep a buffer of 
0.625% in 2016, 1.25% in 2017, 1.875% in 2018, and 2.5% in 2019 and thereafter of minimum capital requirements in order to avoid 
additional limitations on capital distributions.  The Bank has the ability and the authority to pay dividends to the Company. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16: Mortgage Banking Derivatives 

Commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for 
the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors are considered derivatives.  It is the Company’s practice to sell mortgage-
backed securities (“MBS”) contracts for the future delivery to economically hedge the effect of changes in interest rates resulting from 
its commitments to fund the loans.  These contracts are also derivatives and collectively with the forward commitments for the future 
delivery  of  mortgage  loans  are  considered  forward  contracts.    These  mortgage  banking  derivatives  are  not  designated  in  hedge 
relationships using the accepted accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities at December 31 (dollars in thousands): 

Forward contracts: 
Notional amount 
Fair value 
Change in fair value 

Rate lock commitments: 
Notional amount 
Fair value 
Change in fair value 

2015 

2014 

 $ 

 $ 

 15,500 
 484 
 21 

 10,973 
 502 
 167 

 $ 

 $ 

 14,000 
 615 
 (79) 

 10,876 
 509 
 222 

Fair values were estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date of the commitments.  Changes in the fair values of 
these mortgage banking derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans.  The Company sold $190.6 million in loans to investors 
receiving proceeds of $196.4 million and resulting in a gain on sale of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  Sales to 
investors included $132.7 million or 69.8% to Federal National Mortgage Association and $33.6 million, or 17.7% to Wells Fargo for 
the year ended December 31, 2015.  No other individual investor was sold more than 10% of the total loans sold. 

Periodic changes in value of both forward MBS contracts and rate lock commitments are reported in current period earnings as net gain 
on sale of mortgage loans.  Net gain recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were  $188,000, 
$143,000 and $315,000, respectively. 

Note 17: Fair Value Measurements 

Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  exchange  price  that  would  be  received  for  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  (an  exit  price)  in  the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the 
measurement  date.    The  fair  value  hierarchy  established  by  the  Company  also  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  Three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair 
value are: 

Level 1:    Quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets  that  the  Company  has  the  ability  to 
access as of the measurement date. 

Level 2:  Significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted 
prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect  a company’s own view about the assumptions that  market participants 
would use in pricing an asset or liability. 

Transfers between levels are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, the 
Company transferred auction rate asset-backed securities from Level 3 to Level 2.  For the year ended December 31, 2014 there were 
no significant transfers between levels. 

The majority of securities (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity) are valued by external pricing services or dealer market participants 
and  are  classified  in  Level 2  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.    Both  market  and  income  valuation  approaches  are  utilized.    Quarterly,  the 
Company evaluates the methodologies used by the external pricing services or dealer market participants to develop the fair values to 
determine  whether  the  results  of  the  valuations  are  representative  of  an  exit  price  in  the  Company’s  principal  markets  and  an 
appropriate representation of fair value.  The Company uses the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value: 

  Government-sponsored agency debt securities are primarily priced using available market information through processes such 

as benchmark spreads, market valuations of like securities, like securities groupings and matrix pricing. 

  Other government-sponsored agency securities, MBS and some of the actively traded real estate mortgage investment conduits 
and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  are  priced  using  available  market  information  including  benchmark  yields, 
prepayment speeds, spreads, volatility of similar securities and trade date. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  State and political subdivisions are largely grouped by characteristics (e.g.., geographical data and source of revenue in trade 
dissemination  systems).  Because  some  securities  are  not  traded  daily  and  due  to  other  grouping  limitations,  active  market 
quotes are often obtained using benchmarking for like securities. 

  From December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014, the Company utilized pricing data from a nationally recognized valuation 
firm providing specialized securities valuation services for auction rate asset-backed securities.  Beginning March 31, 2015, 
these securities are priced using market spreads, cash flows, prepayment speeds, and loss analytics.  Therefore, the valuations 
of auction rate asset-backed securities were transferred to Level 2 valuations. 

  During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  asset-backed  collateralized  loan  obligations  were  acquired  and  priced  using  data  from  a 

pricing matrix supported by our bond accounting service provider and are therefore considered Level 2 valuations. 

  Once  each  quarter  every  security  holding  is  priced  by  a  pricing  service  independent  of  the  regular  and  recurring  pricing 
services  used.    The  independent  service  provides  a  measurement  to  indicate  if  the  price  assigned  by  the  regular  service  is 
within  or  outside  of  a  reasonable  range.    Management  reviews  this  report  and  applies judgment  in  adjusting  calculations  at 
quarter end related to securities pricing. 

  Residential mortgage loans eligible for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair market value.  The fair value of loans 

held-for-sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices. 

  Lending related commitments to fund certain residential mortgage loans, e.g. residential mortgage loans with locked interest 
rates  to  be  sold  in  the  secondary  market  and  forward  commitments  for  the  future  delivery  of  mortgage  loans  to  third  party 
investors as  well as forward commitments for future delivery of MBS are considered derivatives.  Fair values are estimated 
based on observable changes in mortgage interest rates including prices for MBS from the date of the commitment and do not 
typically involve significant judgments by management. 

  The fair value of  mortgage servicing rights is based on a  valuation  model that calculates the present  value of estimated net 
servicing income.  The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net 
servicing  income  to  derive  the  resultant  value.    The  Company  is  able  to  compare  the  valuation  model  inputs,  such  as  the 
discount  rate,  prepayment  speeds,  weighted  average  delinquency  and  foreclosure/bankruptcy  rates    to  widely  available 
published industry data for reasonableness. 
Interest  rate  swap  positions,  both  assets  and  liabilities,  are  based  on  valuation  pricing  models  using  an  income  approach 
reflecting readily observable market parameters such as interest rate yield curves. 

 

  The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of  the allowance for loan losses is essentially based on recent real 
estate  appraisals  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateralized  asset.    These  appraisals  may  utilize  a  single  valuation  approach  or  a 
combination  of  approaches  including  comparable  sales  and  the  income  approach.    Adjustments  are  made  in  the  appraisal 
process by the appraisers to reflect differences between the available comparable sales and income data.  Such adjustments are 
usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. 

  Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO are measured at the 
lower  of  carrying  amount  or  fair  value,  less  costs  to  sell.    Fair  values  are  based  on  third  party  appraisals  of  the  property, 
resulting  in  a  Level 3  classification.    In  cases  where  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  fair  value,  less  costs  to  sell,  an 
impairment loss is recognized. 

76 

 
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis: 

The  tables  below  present  the  balance  of  assets  and  liabilities  (dollars  in  thousands)  at  December 31, 2015,  and  December 31, 2014, 
respectively, measured by the Company at fair value on a recurring basis: 

Assets: 
Investment securities available-for-sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate Bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Loans held-for-sale 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Other assets (Interest rate swap agreements) 
Other assets (Mortgage banking derivatives) 
Total 

Liabilities: 
Other liabilities (Interest rate swap agreements) 
Total 

Assets: 
Investment securities available-for-sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Asset-backed securities 
Collateralized loan obligations 

Loans held-for-sale 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Other assets (Interest rate swap agreements net of swap credit valuation) 
Other assets (Mortgage banking derivatives) 
Total 

Liabilities: 
Other liabilities (Interest rate swap agreements) 
Total 

      Level 1 

December 31, 2015 
      Level 3 

      Level 2 

      Total 

  $ 

 1,509   $ 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -   $ 

 1,556  
 1,996  
 30,415  
 29,400  
 66,920  
 231,908  
 92,251  
 2,849  
 -  
 114  
 188  

  $ 

 1,509   $   457,597   $ 

 -   $ 
 -  
 -  
 111  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 5,847  
 -  
 -  

 1,509 
 1,556 
 1,996 
 30,526 
 29,400 
 66,920 
 231,908 
 92,251 
 2,849 
 5,847 
 114 
 188 
 5,958   $   465,064 

  $ 
  $ 

 -   $ 
 -   $ 

 745   $ 
 745   $ 

 -   $ 
 -   $ 

 745 
 745 

      Level 1 

December 31, 2014 
      Level 3 

      Level 2 

      Total 

  $ 

 1,527   $ 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -   $ 

 1,624  
 21,900  
 30,985  
 63,627  
 120,555  
 92,209  
 5,072  
 -  
 30  
 143  

  $ 

 1,527   $  336,145   $ 

 -   $ 
 -  
 118  
 -  
 -  
 52,941  
 -  
 -  
 5,462  
 -  
 -  

 1,527 
 1,624 
 22,018 
 30,985 
 63,627 
 173,496 
 92,209 
 5,072 
 5,462 
 30 
 143 
 58,521   $  396,193 

  $ 
  $ 

 -   $ 
 -   $ 

 30   $ 
 30   $ 

 -   $ 
 -   $ 

 30 
 30 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities (dollars in thousands) measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows: 

Year ended December 31, 2015 

Investment securities 
available-for-sale 

Beginning balance January 1, 2015 

Transfers out of Level 3 
Total gains or losses 

Included in earnings (or changes in net assets) 
Included in other comprehensive income 
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements 

Issuances 
Settlements 
Sales 

Ending balance December 31, 2015 

Beginning balance January 1, 2014 

Total gains or losses 

Included in earnings (or changes in net assets) 
Included in other comprehensive income 
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements 

Purchases 
Issuances 
Settlements 
Sales 

Asset- 
backed 

 52,941 
 (24,917) 

  States and 
Political 

  Mortgage 
  Servicing 

     Subdivisions       Rights 
 118  
 -  

 5,462 
 - 

 $ 

$ 

 (28) 
 (541) 

 - 
- 
 (27,455) 
 - 

 $ 

 -  
 -  

 -  
 (7)  
-  
 111  

$ 

 (466) 
 - 

 1,526 
 (675) 
- 
 5,847 

$ 

$ 

  Investment securities available-for-sale  

Year ended December 31, 2014 

Asset- 
backed 

States and 
Political 
Subdivisions 

  Mortgage    Interest Rate 
  Servicing   
      Rights        Valuation 

Swap 

$ 

 154,137 

 $ 

 125   $ 

 5,807   $ 

 (6) 

 3,556 
 (1,454) 

 63,704 
 - 
- 
 (167,002) 
 52,941  

$ 

 -  
 -  

 (1,214)  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 (7)  
-  

 -  
 869  
 -  
-  
 118   $   5,462  

$ 

 6 
 - 

 - 
 - 
- 
- 
 - 

Ending balance December 31, 2014 

$ 

The following table and commentary presents quantitative (dollars in thousands) and qualitative information about Level 3 fair value 
measurements as of December 31, 2015: 

Measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis: 

    Fair Value     

Valuation Methodology 

Mortgage Servicing rights 

  $ 

 5,847  

Discounted Cash Flow 

Unobservable 
Inputs 

     Range of Input 

  Weighted 
  Average 
    of Inputs 

Discount Rate 
Prepayment Speed   

10.0-15.5% 
6.0-35.2% 

 10.2 % 
 10.1 % 

The following table and commentary presents quantitative (dollars in thousands) and qualitative information about Level 3 fair value 
measurements as of December 31, 2014: 

Measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis: 

    Fair Value     

Valuation Methodology 

Mortgage Servicing rights 

  $ 

 5,462  

Discounted Cash Flow 

Unobservable 
Inputs 

     Range of Input 

Discount Rate 
Prepayment Speed   

9.7-108.2% 
5.0-78.4% 

Asset-backed securities 

 52,941  

Discounted Cash Flow 
 with comparable transaction yields   

  Credit Risk Premium  
Liquidity Discount   

0.9-0.9% 
3.5-3.7% 

  Weighted 
  Average 
    of Inputs 

 10.2 % 
 10.9 % 

 0.9 % 
 3.6 % 

The $111,000 on the state and political subdivisions line at December 31, 2015, under Level 3 represents a security from a small, local 
municipality.  Given the small dollar amount and size of the municipality involved, this is categorized as Level 3 based on the payment 
stream received by the Company from the municipality.  That payment stream is otherwise an unobservable input. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis: 

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance 
with  GAAP.    These  assets  consist  of  impaired  loans  and  OREO.    For  assets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis  at 
December 31, 2015,  and  December 31, 2014,  respectively,  the  following  tables  provide  the  level  of  valuation  assumptions  used  to 
determine each valuation and the carrying value of the related assets: 

Impaired loans1 
Other real estate owned, net2 
Total 

      Level 1 

December 31, 2015 
      Level 3 

      Level 2 

      Total 

$ 

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

$ 

 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

 81  
 19,141  
$   19,222  

$ 

 81 
 19,141 
$   19,222 

1  Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are substantially based on the appraised value of 
collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $115,000, with a valuation allowance of $34,000, resulting in a 
decrease of specific allocations within the allowance for loan losses of $243,000 for the year ending December 31, 2015. 

2  OREO is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, and had a net carrying amount of $19.1 million, which is 
made  up  of  the  outstanding  balance  of  $34.9 million,  net  of  a  valuation  allowance  of  $14.1 million  and  participations  of 
$1.7 million, at December 31, 2015. 

December 31, 2014 

Impaired loans1 
Other real estate owned, net2 
Total 

$ 

      Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total 
 -  
 -  
 -  

 564  
 31,982  
$   32,546  

 564 
 31,982 
$   32,546 

 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1  Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are substantially based on the appraised value of 
collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $842,000, with a valuation allowance of $278,000, resulting in a 
decrease of specific allocations within the provision for loan losses of $2.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2014. 

2  OREO is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, and had a net carrying amount of $32.0 million, which is 
made  up  of  the  outstanding  balance  of  $53.0 million,  net  of  a  valuation  allowance  of  $19.2 million  and  participations  of 
$1.8 million, at December 31, 2014. 

The Company also has assets that  under certain conditions are subject to  measurement  at fair  value on a nonrecurring basis.  These 
assets include OREO and impaired loans.  The Company has estimated the fair values of these assets based primarily on Level 3 inputs.  
OREO and impaired loans are generally valued using the fair value of  collateral provided by third party appraisals.  These valuations 
include assumptions related to cash flow projections, discount rates, and recent comparable sales.  The numerical range of unobservable 
inputs for these valuation assumptions are not meaningful. 

Note 18: Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

The estimated fair values approximate carrying amount for all items except those described in the following table.  Investment security 
fair values are based upon market prices or dealer quotes, and if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security.  
The  carrying  value  of  FHLBC  stock  approximates  fair  value  as  the  stock  is  nonmarketable  and  can  only  be  sold  to  the  FHLBC  or 
another member institution at par.  During the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014, the Company participated in redemptions and 
a purchase with the FHLBC and, using these transactions values as the carrying value, FHLBC stock is carried at a Level 2 fair value.  
Fair  values  of  loans  were  estimated  for  portfolios  of  loans  with  similar  financial  characteristics,  such  as  type  and  fixed  or  variable 
interest rate  terms.  Cash flows were discounted using current rates at  which similar loans would be made to borrowers  with similar 
ratings  and  for  similar  maturities.    The  fair  value  of  time  deposits  is  estimated  using  discounted  future  cash  flows  at  current  rates 
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  The fair values of borrowings were estimated based on interest rates available to 
the  Company  for  debt  with  similar  terms  and  remaining  maturities.    The  fair  value  of  off  balance  sheet  volume  is  not  considered 
material. The fair value of mortgage banking derivatives is discussed above in Note 16. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows: 

Financial assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits with financial 
institutions 
Securities available-for-sale  
Securities held-to-maturity 
FHLBC and Reserve Bank Stock 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Loans held-for-sale 
Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Noninterest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debenture 
Note payable and other borrowings 
Interest rate swap agreements 
Borrowing interest payable 
Deposit interest payable 

Carrying 
      Amount 

Fair 
      Value 

      Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

December 31, 2015 

  $ 

 26,975  

$ 

 26,975  

$ 

 26,975  

$ 

 -  

$ 

 - 

 13,363  
 456,066  
 247,746  
 8,518  
 58,028  
 2,849  
  1,117,492  
 4,464  

 442,639  
  1,316,447  
 34,070  
 15,000  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 631  
 75  
 445  

  $ 

 13,363  
 456,066  
 251,675  
 8,518  
 58,028  
 2,849  
  1,126,959  
 4,464  

 13,363  
 1,509  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 454,446  
 251,675  
 8,518  
 58,028  
 2,849  
 -  
 4,464  

 - 
 111 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
  1,126,959 
 - 

$ 

$ 

 442,639  
  1,316,550  
 34,070  
 15,000  
 54,686  
 41,101  
 445  
 631  
 75  
 445  

$ 

 442,639  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 32,441  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

$ 

 -  
  1,316,550  
 34,070  
 15,000  
 22,245  
 41,101  
 445  
 631  
 75  
 445  

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

  Carrying 
      Amount 

Fair 
      Value 

      Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

December 31, 2014 

Financial assets: 

  $ 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions  
Securities available-for-sale  
Securities held-to-maturity 
FHLBC and Reserve Bank Stock 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Loans held-for-sale 
Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 

 30,101  
 14,096  
 385,486  
 259,670  
 9,058  
 56,807  
 5,072  
  1,137,695  
 4,888  

$ 

 30,101  
 14,096  
   385,486  
   263,266  
 9,058  
 56,807  
 5,072  
  1,151,223  
 4,888  

Financial liabilities: 

Noninterest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other short-term borrowings 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debenture 
Note payable and other borrowings 
Borrowing interest payable 
Deposit interest payable 

  $ 

 400,447  
  1,284,608  
 21,036  
 45,000  
 58,378  
 45,000  
 500  
 75  
 467  

$ 

 400,447  
  1,284,887  
 21,036  
 45,000  
 54,686  
 39,366  
 422  
 75  
 467  

$ 

$ 

 30,101  
 14,096  
 1,527  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

 -  
 -  
 330,900  
 263,266  
 9,058  
 56,807  
 5,072  
 -  
 4,888  

$ 

 - 
 - 
 53,059 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
  1,151,223 
 - 

$ 

 400,447  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 32,441  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

$ 

 -  
  1,284,887  
 21,036  
 45,000  
 22,245  
 39,366  
 422  
 75  
 467  

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

Note 19: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Derivative Transactions 

To meet the financing needs of its customers, the Bank, as a subsidiary of the Company, is a party to various financial instruments with 
off-balance-sheet  risk  in  the  normal  course  of  business.    These  off-balance-sheet  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to 
originate and sell loans as well as financial standby, performance standby and commercial letters of credit.  The instruments involve, to 
varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate  risk in excess of the  amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.   The 
Bank’s  exposure  to  credit  loss  for  loan  commitments  and  letters  of  credit  is  represented  by  the  dollar  amount  of  those  instruments.  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management generally uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as 
it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Interest Rate Swap Designated as a Cash Flow Hedge 

The  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  on  August  18,  2015,  with  an  effective  date  of  June  15,  2017.    This 
transaction  had  a  notional  amount  totaling  $25.8  million  as  of  December 31, 2015,  was  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  of  certain 
junior  subordinated  debentures  and  was  determined  to  be  fully  effective  during  the  period  presented.    As  such,  no  amount  of 
ineffectiveness has been included in net income.  Therefore, the aggregate  fair value of the swap is recorded in other  liabilities  with 
changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax.  The amount included in other comprehensive income  would 
be reclassified to current earnings should all or a portion of the hedge no longer be considered effective.  The Company expects the 
hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.  The Bank will pay the counterparty a fixed rate and receive a 
floating rate based on three month LIBOR.  Management concluded that it would be advantageous to enter into this transaction given 
that the Company has trust preferred securities that will change from fixed rate to floating rate on June 15, 2017.  The cash flow hedge 
has a maturity date of June 15, 2037. 

Summary information about the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge is as follows: 

Notional amount 
Unrealized loss 

Interest Rate Swaps 

As of 

  December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014 

$ 

 25,774  
 (631)  

$ 

 -  
 -  

The  Bank  also  has  interest  rate  derivative  positions  to  assist  with  risk  management  that  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments.  
These  derivative  positions  relate  to  transactions  in  which  the  Bank  enters  an  interest  rate  swap  with  a  client  while  at  the  same  time 
entering  into  an  offsetting  interest  rate  swap  with  another  financial  institution.    Due  to  financial  covenant  violations  relating  to 
nonperforming  loans,  the  Bank  had  $2.4 million  in  investment  securities  pledged  to  support  interest  rate  swap  activity  with  two 
correspondent  financial  institutions  at  December 31, 2015.    The  Bank  had  $3.0 million  in  investment  securities  pledged  to  support 
interest rate swap activity with three correspondent financial institutions at December 31, 2014. 

In connection with each transaction, the Bank agreed to pay interest to the client on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and 
receive interest from the client on the same notional amount at a fixed interest rate.  At the same time, the Bank agreed to pay another 
financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same 
notional amount.   The transaction allows the client to convert a  variable rate  loan to a  fixed rate  loan and is part of  the  Company’s 
interest  rate  risk  management  strategy.    Because  the  Bank  acts  as  an  intermediary  for  the  client,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying  derivative  contracts  offset  each  other  and  do  not  generally  affect  the  results  of  operations.    At  December 31, 2015,  the 
notional  amount  of  non-hedging  interest  rate  swaps  was  $20.7 million  with  a  weighted  average  maturity  of  5.1 years.    At 
December 31, 2014,  the  notional  amount  of  non-hedging  interest  rate  swaps  was  $16.3 million  with  a  weighted  average  maturity  of 
2.7 years.  The Bank offsets derivative assets and liabilities that are subject to a master netting arrangement. 

The Bank also grants mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments to borrowers, subject to normal loan underwriting standards.  The 
interest rate risk associated with these loan interest rate lock commitments is managed with contracts for future deliveries of loans as 
well  as  selling  forward  mortgage-backed  securities  contracts.    Loan  interest  rate  lock  commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration 
dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without 
being drawn  upon, the  total commitment amounts do not  necessarily represent  future cash requirements.   Commitments to originate 
residential  mortgage  loans  held-for-sale  and  forward  commitments  to  sell  residential  mortgage  loans  or  forward  MBS  contracts  are 
considered derivative instruments and changes in the fair value are recorded to mortgage banking revenue.   Fair values are estimated 
based on observable changes in mortgage interest rates including mortgage-backed securities prices from the date of the commitment. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2015, and periodic changes in the 
values of the interest rate swaps are reported in other noninterest income.  Periodic changes in the value of the forward contracts related 
to mortgage loan origination are reported in the net gain on sales of mortgage loans. 

Asset Derivatives 

Liability Derivatives 

Interest rate swap contracts 
Commitments1 
Forward contracts2 
Total 

  Notional or     
  Contractual    Balance Sheet   
      Amount 
  $ 

      Location 
 20,708   Other Assets 
   226,346   Other Assets 

 15,500   N/A 

     Fair Value      
  $ 

  Balance Sheet 

Location 

 114   Other Liabilities    $ 
 188   N/A 

 -   Other Liabilities   

  $ 

 302  

     Fair Value 
 114 
 - 
 - 
 114 

  $ 

1 
2 

Includes unused loan commitments and interest rate lock commitments. 
Includes forward MBS contracts and forward loan contracts. 

The following table presents derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2014. 

Asset Derivatives 

Liability Derivatives 

Interest rate swap contracts net of credit valuation 
Commitments1 
Forward contracts2 
Total 

  Notional or     
  Contractual    Balance Sheet   
      Amount 
  $ 

      Location 
 16,334   Other Assets 
   201,946   Other Assets 

 14,000   N/A 

  Balance Sheet 

Location 

     Fair Value      
  $ 

 30   Other Liabilities    $ 

 143   N/A 

 -   Other Liabilities   

  $ 

 173  

     Fair Value 
 30 
 - 
 - 
 30 

  $ 

1 
2 

Includes unused loan commitments and interest rate lock commitments. 
Includes forward MBS contracts. 

Note 20: Preferred Stock 

The Series B Stock was issued as part of the Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program and Capital Purchase Program ( the “CPP”).  
The Series B Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends on the liquidation preference amount on a quarterly basis 
at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter effective in February 2014.  Concurrent with issuing the 
Series B Stock, the Company issued to the Treasury a ten year warrant to purchase 815,339 shares of the Company’s common stock at 
an exercise price of $13.43 per share. 

Subsequent  to  the  Company’s  receipt  of  the  $73.0 million  in  proceeds  from  the  Treasury  in  the  first  quarter  of  2009,  the  Company 
allocated the proceeds between the Series B Stock and the warrant that was issued. The Company recorded the warrant as equity, and 
the allocation was based on their relative fair values in accordance with accounting guidance.  The fair value was determined for both 
the Series B Stock and the warrant as part of the allocation process in the amounts of $68.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. 

In the second quarter of 2014, the Company completed redemption of 25,669 shares of its Series B Stock at a price equal to 94.75% of 
liquidation  value  or  $24.3  million  (including  $1.4  million  to  Company  Directors)  provided  that  the  holders  of  shares  entered  into 
agreements to forebear payment of dividends due and to waive any rights to such dividends upon redemption.  The Company redeemed 
15,778 shares of its Series B Stock in the first quarter of 2015 and the remaining 31,553 shares of its Series B Stock in the third quarter 
of 2015.  During the year ending December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid $2.4 million and $12.4 million in dividends on the 
Series B Stock, respectively.  At December 31, 2015, the Company has fully redeemed the Series B Stock.  At December 31, 2014, the 
Company carried $47.3 million of Series B Stock in total stockholders’ equity. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 21: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information 

Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31 were as follows: 

Assets 
Noninterest bearing deposit with bank subsidiary 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Other assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Subordinated debt 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

Condensed Statements of Income for the years ended December 31 were as follows: 

Operating Income 
Cash dividends received from subsidiaries 
Other income 

Operating Expenses 
Junior subordinated debentures interest expense 
Subordinated debt interest expense 
Other interest expense 
Other expenses 

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Income tax benefit 
(Loss) income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Equity in (over distributed) undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Net income 
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount 
Dividends waived upon preferred stock redemption 
Gain on redemption of preferred stock 
Net income available to common stockholders 

2015 

2014 

  $ 

 33,500   $ 

 204,509  
 22,951  

  $ 

 260,960   $ 

 7,059  
 272,285  
 19,940  
 299,284  

  $ 

  $ 

 58,378   $ 
 45,000  
 1,653  
 155,929  
 260,960   $ 

 58,378  
 45,000  
 1,743  
 194,163  
 299,284  

2015 

2014 

2013 

  $ 

 82,777   $ 
 131  
 82,908  

 -   $ 

 231  
 231  

- 
 772 
 772 

 4,287  
 814  
 7  
 1,978  
 7,086  
 75,822  
 (2,771)  
 78,593  
 (63,208)  
 15,385  
 1,873  
 -  
 -  
 13,512   $ 

 4,919  
 792  
 16  
 1,045  
 6,772  
 (6,541)  
 (2,305)  
 (4,236)  
 14,372  
 10,136  
 5,062  
 (5,433)  
 (1,348)  
 11,855   $ 

 5,298 
 811 
 16 
 1,006 
 7,131 
 (6,359) 
 (17,133) 
 10,774 
 71,311 
 82,085 
 5,258 
 - 
 - 
 76,827 

  $ 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31 were as follows: 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Net Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: 

Equity in over distributed (undistributed) net income of subsidiaries 
Deferred income taxes 
Change in taxes payable 
Change in other assets 
Gain on recapture of restricted stock 
Stock-based compensation 
Other, net 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Divided paid 
Purchases of treasury stock 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock 
Redemption of preferred stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Note 22: Employee Benefit Plans 

2015 

2014 

2013 

  $ 

 15,385 

 $ 

 10,136 

 $ 

 82,085 

 63,208 
 (2,806) 
 (199) 
 83 
 - 
 613 
 22 
 76,306 

 (14,372) 
 (2,256) 
 22 
 740 
 - 
 295 
 (17,151) 
 (22,586) 

 (71,311) 
 (16,786) 
 14 
 (264) 
 (612) 
 167 
 5,502 
 (1,205) 

 - 

 - 

- 

 (2,417) 
 (117) 
 - 
   (47,331) 
 (49,865) 
 26,441 
 7,059 
 33,500 

  $ 

     (12,390) 
 (46) 
 64,331 
     (24,321) 
 27,574 
 4,988 
 2,071 
 7,059 

 $ 

 $ 

 - 
 (278) 
 - 
 - 
 (278) 
 (1,483) 
 3,554 
 2,071 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Employees 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust 
The Company sponsors a qualified, tax-exempt defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) qualifying under section 401(k) of the Internal 
Revenue  Code.    Virtually  all  employees  are  eligible  to  participate  after  meeting  certain  age  and  service  requirements.    Eligible 
employees  are  permitted  to  contribute  up  to  a  dollar  limit  set  by  law  of  their  compensation  to  the  Plan.   For  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015,  2014  and  2013,  a  discretionary  match  equal  to  100%  of  the  first  2%  of  the  participant’s  compensation  was 
contributed to participants of the Plan.  Participants are 100% vested in the discretionary matching contributions.  The profit sharing 
portion of the Plan arrangement provides an annual discretionary contribution to the retirement account of each employee based in part 
on  the  Company’s  profitability  in  a  given  year,  and  on  each  participant’s  annual  compensation.    Participants  can  choose  between 
several different investment options under the Plan, including shares of the Company’s common stock. 

The total expense relating to the Plan was approximately $464,000, $477,000 and $468,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives 

The Company sponsors an executive deferred compensation plan, which is a means by which certain executives may voluntarily defer a 
portion of their  salary or bonus.   This plan  is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement.    Company obligations 
under this arrangement as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $1.6 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and are 
included in other liabilities. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Aurora, Illinois 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and 
Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2015.  The  Company’s  management  is 
responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement. Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years 
in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2015,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States), Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal  Control - 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission and our report dated March 10, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Chicago, Illinois 
March 10, 2016 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  defined  in  Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated  under  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended, as of December 31, 2015.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that 
as  of  December 31, 2015,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed  by  the  Company  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized,  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules and  forms  and  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  the  issuer’s  management,  including  its  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  as  appropriate  to  allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

There were  no changes in the Company’s internal control  over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015, that 
have materially affected or are reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as 
defined in  Rule 13a–15(f) under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934.  The Company’s internal control over  financial reporting is  a 
process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  external 
reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

As of December 31, 2015, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
the framework established in the  “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on this evaluation, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria specified. 

Plante &  Moran  PLLC,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Company  incorporated  by  reference  to  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  has  issued  an  attestation  report,  included  herein,  on  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Aurora, Illinois 

We have audited Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (referred  to  as  “COSO”).  Old 
Second  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries’  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  “Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting.”  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  Old  Second  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries’ 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over 
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on 
the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Old  Second  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as  of 
December 31, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report dated March 10, 2016 expressed 
an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Chicago, Illinois 
March 10, 2016 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

On  March  9,  2016,  the  Company  amended  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  eliminate  all  references  to  the  Company’s  Fixed  Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Stock”), since no shares of the Series B Stock remained outstanding, or 
would be  issued in the  future, following the  redemption of all outstanding  shares of Series B Stock in  August 2015.  A copy of the 
Company’s Certificate of Incorporation reflecting this amended is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3.1. 

In  addition,  on  March  9,  2016,  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  amended  the  Company’s  bylaws  to  (i)  restore  the  right  of  the 
Company’s  stockholders to call a  special  meeting  upon the  written request of stockholders owning at least 50% of the  shares of the 
Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, (ii) adopt a majority voting standard for the election of directors, with a plurality 
standard in the  case of contested elections, and (iii) restore  the  right of the  Company’s  stockholders to, in the  event the  directors in 
office at the time of the creation of any vacancy on the board of directors constitute less than a majority of the entire board of directors, 
petition the Court of Chancery to order an election of directors to fill such vacancies.  A copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated 
Bylaws reflecting this amendment is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3.2. 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

The  Company  incorporates  by  reference  the  information  required  by  Item  10  that  is  contained  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders as filed April 15, 2016, or form DEF 14A.  Such information shall be deemed “filed” with this Form 
10-K 

Executive Officers of the Registrant and Subsidiary 

Name, Age and Year 
Became Executive Officer 
of the Registrant     

Positions with Registrant 

James L. Eccher 
Age 50;  2005  

President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank; formerly President and Chief 
Executive Officer of the Bank. 

J. Douglas Cheatham 
Age 59;  1999 

  Chief Financial Officer of the Company  

Executive Vice President 

Other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the  information contained under the proposal “Election of 
Directors,”  and  the  headings  “Directors”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,”  and  from  the  paragraph 
regarding the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics under the heading “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors” 
in the proxy statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2014 
(the “Proxy Statement”). 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The  Company  incorporates  by  reference  the  information  required  by  Item  11  that  is  contained  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
captions  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Board’s  Role  in  Risk  Oversight,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and 
Insider Participation,” and “Director Compensation.” 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The  table  below  sets  forth  the  following  information  as  of  December 31, 2015  for  (i)  all  equity  compensation  plans  previously 
approved  by  the  Company’s  stockholders  and  (ii)  all  equity  compensation  plans  not  previously  approved  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders: 

(a)  the number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights; 

(b)  the weighted-average exercise price of such outstanding options, warrants and rights; 

(c)  other  than  securities  to  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  such  outstanding  options,  warrants  and  rights,  the  number  of 
securities remaining available for future issuance under the plans. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

      Weighted- 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  
Total 

  Number of securities    average exercise   
  to be issued upon the   
exercise of 
  outstanding options 
 162,500 
- 
 162,500 

price of 
outstanding 
options 

 27.03    
-    
 27.03    

  $ 

  $ 

Number of 
  securities remaining 
  available for future 
issuance 

 125,000 
- 
 125,000 

The Company incorporates by reference the other information that is required by this Item 12 that is contained in the Proxy Statement 
under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”  

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The Company incorporates by reference the information that is required by this Item 13 that is contained in the Proxy Statement under 
the captions “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors” and “Transactions with Management.”   

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The  Company incorporates by reference the  information required by this Item 14 that is contained in the  Proxy Statement under the 
caption “Ratification of Our Independent Registered Public Accountants.”   

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(1)  Index to Financial Statements:  See Part II--Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules 

All financial statement schedules as required by Item 8 of Form 10-K have been omitted because the information requested is 

either not applicable or has been included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

(3)  Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its 
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

OLD SECOND BANCORP, INC. 

BY: 

/s/ James L. Eccher 
James L. Eccher 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

DATE: March 11, 2016 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES (Continued) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ William B. Skoglund 
William B. Skoglund 

/s/ James L. Eccher 
James L. Eccher 

/s/ J. Douglas Cheatham 
J. Douglas Cheatham 

/s/ Edward Bonifas 
Edward Bonifas 

/s/ Barry Finn 
Barry Finn 

/s/ William Kane 
William Kane 

/s/ John Ladowicz 
John Ladowicz 

/s/ Duane Suits  
Duane Suits  

/s/ James F. Tapscott 
James F. Tapscott 

/s/ Patti Temple Rocks 
Patti Temple Rocks 

Chairman of the Board, Director  

March 11, 2016 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
Old Second Bancorp and Old Second National 
Bank (principal executive officer) 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

March 11, 2016 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer, Director 
(principal financial and accounting officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibits: 

EXHIBIT 
NO. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description of Exhibits 

3.1 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 

3.2 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated September 12, 2012 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed by Old Second Bancorp, Inc., September 13, 2012). 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated April 3, 2014 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2014). 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of September 2, 
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2015) 

Form of Stock Certificate for Series B Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed by Old Second Bancorp, Inc. on January 16, 2009). 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated January 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009). 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 
Company’s Form S-1 filed on January 17, 2014). 

Form of Compensation and Benefits Assurance Agreements for the executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Employees 401 (k) Savings Plan and Trust (filed with the Company’s Form S-8 filed on June 9, 2000 and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of Indenture relating to trust preferred securities (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s registration statement on the 
Company’s Form S-3 filed on May 20, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Indenture between Old Second Bancorp, Inc. as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of 
April 30, 2007 (filed as exhibit 99 (b) (2) to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Schedule TO filed on May 2, 2007 and 
incorporated herein by reference and incorporated herein by reference). 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A to the Company’s Form DEF14A filed on 
March 17, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2014, by and among Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and James L. Eccher (filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Amended and Restated Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Directors (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Amendment to the Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Supplemental Executive and Retirement Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

Form of Amended Stock Option Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated January 31, 2008, between LaSalle Bank National Association (now 
Bank of America) and Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2008 and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Agreed Upon Terms and Procedures, dated January 31, 2008, between LaSalle Bank National Association (now Bank of America) 
and Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2008 and incorporated herein 
by reference). 

Letter  Agreement,  dated  January 16,  2009,  by  and  between  Old  Second  Bancorp, Inc.,  and  the  United  States  Department  of  the 
Treasury, which includes the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series B 
Stock  and  the  Warrant  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form 8-K  filed  on  January 16,  2009  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference). 

10.13 

2008  Equity  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form 8-K  filed  on 
February 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.14 

2008  Equity  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.2  to  the  Company’s  Form 8-K  filed  on 
February 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.15 

2008 Equity Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option (filed as  Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2009 
and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.16 

2008  Equity  Incentive  Plan  Incentive  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.4  to  the  Company’s  Form 8-K  filed  on 
February 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.17 

Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive 
proxy statement on Form DEF14A filed on April 21, 2014). 

10.18 

First Amendment to the Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. 

21.1 

A list of all subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith). 

23.1 

Consent of Plante & Moran, PLLC (filed herewith). 

31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). 

31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). 

32.1 

32.2 

101 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). 

Interactive  data  files  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T:  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  December 31, 2015,  and 
December 31, 2014; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iii) Consolidated 
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iv) Consolidated Statements 
of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended ; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and  in 
detail.* 

94 

 
 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and
Old Second National Bank Directors

William Skoglund
Chairman,
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. & 
Old Second National Bank

James Eccher
CEO & President
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. & 
Old Second National Bank

John Ladowicz
Former Chairman & CEO,
HeritageBanc Inc. & Heritage Bank

Duane Suits
Retired Partner, Sikich LLP

James Tapscott
Retired Partner, McGladery LLP  

J. Douglas Cheatham
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, 
Old Second Bancorp, Inc.

Patti Temple Rocks
Managing Director, GOLIN

Edward Bonifas
Vice President, Alarm Detection Systems, Inc.

Barry Finn
President & CEO, Rush-Copley 
Medical Center

William Kane
General Partner,
The Label Printers, Inc.

Gerald Palmer
Senior Director, Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
Director, Old Second National Bank
Retired, Vice President & General Manager, 
Caterpillar, Inc.

Member FDIC

95

90

Marengo

MCHENRY

23

Huntley

Crystal 
Lake

14

Lake-in-the-Hills
Algonquin

Carpentersville

LAKE

Lake 
Zurich

22

94

45

Genoa

23

Hampshire

Burlington

72

Pingree 
Grove

Sleepy 
Hollow

47

20

Elgin

Sycamore

DeKalb

KANE

Wasco

Maple Park

38

DEKALB

Hinckley

30

23

Elburn

88

Geneva

25

Kaneville

Batavia

31

N. Aurora

Sugar Grove

Big Rock

Aurora

30

Montgomery

59

Hoffman 
Estates
90

Arlington 
Heights

94

294

Schaumburg

290

St. Charles
64

W. Chicago

20

290

Carol 
Stream

355

Winfield

DUPAGE

Wheaton

56

Warrenville

Downers 
Grove

Oak
Brook

Lisle

34

Naperville

Bolingbrook

55

COOK

Oak Park

290

45
20

294

90

94

Plano

34

Yorkville

Oswego

30

59

Sandwich

KENDALL

Plainfield

47

Oak 
Lawn

90

94

57

Romeoville

53

Lockport

WILL

Joliet

45

Orland 
Park

30

80

Mokena

94

80

71

LASALLE

23

Ottawa

Morris

80

Shorewood

Minooka

55

New 
Lenox

Frankfort

Chicago 
Heights

57

71

45

Peotone

GRUNDY

Old Second National Bank

37 S. River St., Aurora
555 Redwood Dr., Aurora
1350 N. Farnswor th Ave., Aurora
1230 N. Orchard Road, Aurora
4080 Fox Valley Ctr. Dr., Aurora
1991 W. Wilson St., Batavia
194 S. Main St., Burlington
195 W. Joe Orr Rd., Chicago Heights
749 N. Main St., Elburn
3290 Rt. 20, Elgin
20201 S. LaGrange Rd., Frankfor t
850 Essington Rd., Joliet
2S101 Har ter Rd., Kaneville

3101 Ogden Ave., Lisle
1100 S. County Line Rd., Maple Park
200 W. John St., Nor th Aurora
1200 Douglas Rd., Oswego
323 E. Norris Dr., Ottawa
7050 Burroughs Ave., Plano
801 S. Kirk Road, St. Charles
Route 47 @ Cross St., Sugar Grove
1810 DeKalb Ave., Sycamore
40W422 Route 64, Wasco
26 W. Countryside Pkwy., Yorkville
420 S. Bridge St., Yorkville

96

Member FDIC

Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
37 South River Street, Aurora, IL 60506-4173  •  www.oldsecond.com  •  1-877-866-0202